首页
在线考试
章节闯关
谁正在考试
学习应用
听写训练
背单词
情景会话
口语模仿
擂台赛
每日英语
资料下载
作文批改
注册
您的位置：
在线考试首页
>
章节闯关
>
中考英语
>
阅读理解
>
说明文
>
第1关
00:00:00
已做
0
项(正确
0
项，错误做
0
项)/共738项，剩余
738
项未作答
结束作答
答案解析
上一题
下一题
返回
阅读理解
收藏
纠错
In the opinion of many people, the two-parent family is the correct way to raise children. Traditionally, this has been as the most natural way, but single-parent families have had to face prejudices(偏见) against their life-style. However, the single-parent family is the fastest growing type of family. In the United States, a national survey showed that at least 50% of children will be members of a single-parent family. So we think it is important to throw prejudices away and to see the advantages of single-parent families.
When compared to two-parent families, single-parent families are usually at a disadvantage in some ways. They are often in short of money, and children receive less attention. What's more, single parents can find themselves under too much pressure(压力) of both work and home. Despite(尽管) these disadvantages, it is possible for single-parent families to look for support from friends, schools, communities or other organizations. They need to remember that nobody can do it alone.
Surprisingly, single-parent families also have some advantages over two-parent families. Single parents have greater flexibility(灵活性) in spending time with children, because they don't have to consider the needs of a husband or wife. So they can develop closer relationships with their children. Another advantage comes from the fact that single parents often work together with their children to solve problems, which makes children feel more needed and valued.
It's important to remember that single-parent families have, until now suffered prejudices from some people. They think that it's easier for the children in single-parent families to drop out of school in teens, and to be jobless in their early twenties. But, with the support from friends, schools and communities, single-parent families become more accepted by society, and this situation is certain to improve. In the future we will probably see these prejudices disappear.
1
What does the writer mainly tell us in Paragraph 1?
A.
People shouldn't have prejudices against single-parent families.
B.
The single-parent family is not good for raising children.
C.
The two-parent family is the correct way to raise children.
D.
50% of children will be members of a single-parent family in the USA.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据文章内容we think it is important to throw prejudices away and to see the advantages of single-parent families.以及第一段内容可知答案为A
2
Which disadvantage of single-parent families is NOT mentioned in Paragraph 2?
A.
They are often in short of money.
B.
Children may receive less attention.
C.
Children also suffer from the prejudice.
D.
Parents are under pressure of both work and home.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据文章内容第二段，可知答案为C
3
How can single parents make their children feel more needed and valued?
A.
Don't consider the needs of others.
B.
Pay more attention to their children.
C.
Develop closer relationships with their children.
D.
Discuss and solve problems together with their children.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据文章内容Another advantage comes from the fact that single parents often work together with their children to solve problems, which makes children feel more needed and valued.可知答案为D
4
Which of the following may be the best title for this passage?
A.
Advantages and Disadvantages
B.
Changing Views on Single-parent Families
C.
Best Life-style for Children
D.
Comparing Two Types of Family
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据文章内容可知答案为B
Several years ago, a television reporter was talking to three of the most important people in America. One was a very rich banker, another owned one of the largest companies in the world, and the third owned many buildings in the center of New York.
The reporter was talking to them about being important.
"How do we know if someone is really important?" the reporter asked the banker.
The banker thought for a few moments and then said, "I think anybody who is invited to the Whiter House to meet the President of the United States is really important."
The reporter then turned to the owner of the very large company. "Do you agree with that?" she asked.
The man shook his head, "No. I think the President invites a lot of people to the White House. You'd only be important if while you were visiting the President, there was a telephone call from the president of another country, and the President of the US said he was too busy to answer it."
The reporter turned to the third man. "Do you think so?"
"No, I don't." he said. "I don't think that makes the visitor important. That makes the President important."
"Then what would make the visitor important?" the reporter and the other two men asked.
"Oh, I think if the visitor to the White House was talking to the President and the phone rang, and the President picked up the receiver, listened and then said, ‘it's for you.'"
5
This story happened in _______.
A.
England
B.
America
C.
Japan
D.
Australia
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据文章内容Several years ago, a television reporter was talking to three of the most important people in America可知答案为B
6
The banker thought _______.
A.
He was really important because he was a rich banker
B.
The visitor to the White House was really important
C.
The visitor who met the President of the United States was really important
D.
the reporter was really important
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据文章内容C. The visitor who met the President of the United States was really important可知答案案为C
7
The owner of many buildings thought _______.
A.
He was really important because he owned many buildings in the center of New York
B.
The owner of the very large company was really important
C.
The visitor was really important if he talking to the President and the President received a telephone call for the visitor
D.
The person who worked in the White House was really important
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据文章内容"Oh, I think if the visitor to the White House was talking to the President and the phone rang, and the President picked up the receiver, listened and then said, ‘it's for you.'"可知答案为C
The American expression "shoo-in" means someone or something that seems sure to win a race or competition.
Before a big football game, supporters of each are certain to argue about which side will win.
Sometimes, however, one team appears so much stronger than the others that everyone agrees it will win.. The stronger team is a shoo-in. There is no way that it can lose.
The expression "shoo-in" comes from horse racing. It comes from the world "shoo". That is not the shoe we wear on our feet. It's another word, S-H-O-O. To shoo is an expression hundreds of years old that means to force an animal to move in a desired direction.
Many years ago dishonest riders sometimes agreed secretly to control their horses so that one chosen horse would win the race. but one of the riders would hold back their horses. The chosen rider would shoo his horse ahead of the others, and win the race.
The other riders would secretly bet large amounts of money that the chosen horse would win. The public soon learned about such about such race. They began to call the winners of such a race a "shoo-in"
These days, people use shoo into describe any athlete or competition that seems certain to win, even without cheating.
American runner Edewin Moses won more than hundred races before he ran the hurdle race in the 1984 Olympic Games. Everyone said Moses was a shoo-in, and that he could not lost. And they were right. He won the gold medal.
8
One of the dishonest riders was sure to win the race because_______.
A.
be used to be the best in riding
B.
the pubic had belief in him
C.
he could not control his horse easily
D.
the other riders had agreed to fail in the race
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句理解可知。
9
The reason why American runner Edewin Moses was regarded as a "Shoo-in" is _________.
A.
due to his honest in the races he ran in
B.
duo to his great effort(努力) shown in more than one hundred races
C.
that he won over 100 competitions before the 1984 Olympic Games
D.
that the old meaning of "shoo-in' had changed
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"American runner Edewin Moses won more than hundred races before he ran the hurdle race in the 1984 Olympic Games. Everyone said Moses was a shoo-in, and that he could not lost. And they were right. He won the gold medal."理解可知。
10
Which is the following statement is not true?
A.
"Shoo-in" came from the word "shoo".
B.
The US runner Moses was worthy of (配得上 ) a shoo-in.
C.
The public did not know they were being cheated
D.
Some riders bet a lot of money on the chosen horse.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"These days, people use shoo into describe any athlete or competition that seems certain to win, even without cheating."理解可知。
11
The main idea of the passage is that "shoo-in" is_______.
A.
used for anyone or anything that is certain to win a game
B.
used to admire( 钦佩 ) a person who seems to be sure to win a race
C.
A word used to describe a dishonest person
D.
used for any athlete or competitor that too clever to be cheated
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句理解可知。
12
In the last paragraph the author means to tell us ________.
A.
who Edewin Moses was
B.
Moses won a lot of races
C.
Moses was the best runners in America
D.
We can use "shoo-in" to describe an excellent runner.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
理解归纳题，根据文中语句理解可知。
Have you ever been in a meeting while someone was making a speech and realized suddenly that your mind was a million miles away? You probably felt sorry and decided to pay attention and never have daydreaming again. Most of us have been told from earliest school days that daydreaming is a waste of time.
L. Giambra, a psychologist（心理学家）, says," On the contrary , daydreaming is quite necessary. Without it, the mind couldn't do all the thinking that it has to do during a normal day. You can't possibly do all your thinking with a conscious （神志清醒的）mind. Instead, your unconscious mind is working out problems all the time. Daydreaming may be one way that the unconscious and conscious states （状态）of mind have silent conversations ."
Early psychologists paid no attention to the importance of daydreams or even thought they were harmful. At one time people thought that some psychological illness caused day dreaming. They did not have a better understanding of daydreams until the late 1980s. Eric Klinges, a professor, is the writer of the book Daydreaming. Klinges says, "We know now that daydreaming is one of the main ways that we organize our lives, learn from our experiences, and plan for our futures. Daydreams really are a window on the things that we fear and the things we long for (渴望) in life."
Daydreams are usually very simple and direct（直接）, quite unlike sleep dreams. Sleep dreams may be hard to understand. It's easier to get a deep understanding of your life by paying close attention to your daydreams than by trying to examine (分析)your sleep dreams carefully. Daydreams help you know the difficult situations（情况）in your life and found out a possible way of dealing with them.
Daydreams cannot be predicted（预言）: they move off in unexpected directions which may be creative and full of useful ideas. For many famous artists and scientists, daydreams were and are a main source of creative energy.
13
The passage is mainly about _______ .
A.
winter sleeps
B.
sleep dreams
C.
daydreaming
D.
predictions
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
理解归纳题，通读全文语句理解归纳可知。
14
The underlined phrase On the contrary means _________ .
A.
总之
B.
相反
C.
毕竟
D.
因此
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
词义理解推断题，根据文中语句"Most of us have been told from earliest school days that daydreaming is a waste of time.和daydreaming is quite necessary. Without it, the mind couldn't do all the thinking that it has to do during a normal day."理解可知。
15
The writer of this passage thinks daydreams are__________.
A.
hard to understand
B.
important and helpful
C.
harmful and unimportant
D.
the same as sleep dreams
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"daydreaming is quite necessary. Without it, the mind couldn't do all the thinking that it has to do during a normal day. You can't possibly do all your thinking with a conscious （神志清醒的）mind."理解可知。
16
Psychologists now believe that ________.
A.
daydreams are usually very simple and can be predicted
B.
daydreams are usually difficult to understand
C.
daydreams cause some psychological illness
D.
daydreams may be creative and full of useful ideas
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"We know now that daydreaming is one of the main ways that we organize our lives, learn from our experiences, and plan for our futures. Daydreams really are a window on the things that we fear and the things we long for (渴望) in life.""理解可知。
17
The writer quoted (引用 )L. Giambra and Eric Klinges to ________.
A.
list out two different ideas
B.
point out the wrong ideas of early experts
C.
support his own ideas
D.
report the latest research on daydreams
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
理解归纳题，根据文中语句理解可知。
In 1638, John Harvard donated some money and about four hundred books to a new university. This was the beginning of the library at Harvard University. The gift was so important that the university was named for John Harvard.
Thomas Bray began the first free lending library in the late 1600s. He set up more than 30 or these libraries in the American colonies. However, the idea for this kind of free library ended when Bray died in 1730. In 1731, Benjamin Franklin and some friends started the first subscription（订阅费） library in the United States. In a subscription library people pay money to become members, but they may borrow the books without paying again.
In the United States, every child had a free education. This idea soon led to free libraries. One of the first libraries that used tax money to buy books was a library in Peterborough, New Hampshire. This library was set up in 1833.
18
The main idea of paragraph 2 is________.
A.
Franklin started the first subscription library
B.
in a subscription library people pay money to become members
C.
Bray and Franklin were important in the history of public libraries
D.
Bray died in 1730 and Franklin died in 1833
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据文章内容Thomas Bray began the first free lending library in the late 1600s. He set up more than 30 or these libraries in the American colonies. However, the idea for this kind of free library ended when Bray died in 1730.可知答案为C
19
The underlined word "borrow" means_______.
A.
read and write with no help from another person
B.
use for a short time and then return
C.
like very much
D.
lend
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据单词意思和语境情况，可知答案为B
20
The reading does not say it, but we can guess that_______.
A.
there were free schools in the United States before there were free libraries
B.
free schools and free libraries in the United States began at about the same time
C.
the library in New Hampshire also had a free school in it
D.
there were free libraries in the United States before there were free schools
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据文章内容大意可知答案为A
21
Havard University began_______.
A.
in 1731
B.
in 1730
C.
in 1833
D.
in 1638
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据文章内容In 1638, John Harvard donated some money and about four hundred books to a new university.可知答案为D
22
At the library that Franklin started, ________.
A.
children could use books for no money at all
B.
people paid a little money in the beginning but none after that
C.
people paid a lot of money in the beginning but none after that
D.
both A and B
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据文章内容In a subscription library people pay money to become members, but they may borrow the books without paying again.可知答案为B
Everyone has got two personalities（性格）the one that is shown to the world and the other that is secret and real. You don't show your secret personality when you're awake because you can control your behavior, but when you're asleep, your sleeping position shows the real you. In a normal night, of course, people frequently change their positions. The important position is the one that you go to sleep in.
If you go to sleep on your back, you're a very open person. You normally trust people and you are easily influenced by fashion or new ideas. You don't like to displease people. So you never express your real feelings. You're quite shy and you aren't quite sure of yourself.
If you sleep on your stomach, you are a rather secretive person. You worry a lot and you're always easily upset. You always stick to your own opinions or judgment, but you don't raise your hopes too much. You usually live for today not tomorrow. This means that you enjoy having a good time.
If you sleep curled up（蜷缩）, you are probably a very nervous person. You have a low opinion of yourself and so you're often defensive. You're shy and you don't normally like meeting people. You prefer to be on your own. You're easily hurt.
If you sleep on your side, you have usually got a well—balanced personality. You know your strengths and weakness. You're usually careful. You believe in yourself. You sometimes feel anxious, but you don't often get sad. You always say what you think even if it makes people rather angry
23
You may find the passage in _________.
A.
a science magazine
B.
A guide book
C.
a sports newspaper
D.
a story book
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据文章内容可知答案为A
24
When does the sleeping position best show your secret personality?
A.
In the daytime
B.
At the beginning of sleep
C.
At night
D.
During the deep sleep
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据文章内容In a normal night, of course, people frequently change their positions. The important position is the one that you go to sleep in.可知答案为D
25
Tina hardly tells her secrets to her friends. She probably goes to sleep _________.
A.
on curled up
B.
on her stomach
C.
on her back
D.
on her side
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据文章内容可知答案为B
26
What does the word "defensive" mean in the passage?
A.
易怒的
B.
攻击性的
C.
外向的
D.
有戒心的
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据单词的意思和语境，可知答案为D
27
What does the passage tell us?
A.
Sleeping on your side is the best way of sleeping
B.
Changing positions will cause sleeping problems.
C.
Sleeping positions show people's secret personalities.
D.
Enough sleep makes people look better and healthier.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据文章内容大意可知答案为C
There are about fifteen hundred languages in the world. But only a few of them are very important. English is one of them. Many, many people use it, not only in England and the USA, but also in other parts of the world. About 200,000,000 people speak it as their own language. It is difficult to say how many people are learning it as a foreign language. Many millions of people are trying to do so. Is it easy or difficult to learn English? Different people may have different answers. Have you ever noticed ads(广告) of this kind in the newspapers or magazines? "Learn English in six weeks, or give your money back…" "Easy and funny…" "Our records and tapes help you master English in a month". Of course, it never happened quite like that.
The only language that seems easy to learn is the mother tongue. We should remember that we all learned our own language well when we were children. If we could learn English in the same way, it would not seem so difficult. Think of what a small child does. He listens to what people say. He tries what he hears.
So it is hard to say that learning English is easy. We must do a lot of practice. And practice needs great efforts and takes much time. Good teachers, record, tapes, books, and dictionaries will be helpful, but they cannot do the student's work for him.
28
How many languages are very important in the world?
A.
A few
B.
Few
C.
About 1500
D.
Many
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据文章内容There are about fifteen hundred languages in the world. But only a few of them are very important.可知答案为A
29
If we want to learn English well, what shall we do?
A.
We should study it without any help.
B.
We must do a lot of practice.
C.
We need to get much money back.
D.
We must live in England or America.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据文章内容So it is hard to say that learning English is easy. We must do a lot of practice.可知答案为B
30
How does the writer like the ads in the newspapers or magazines?
A.
He thinks the ads very expensive.
B.
He thinks the ads are true.
C.
It never happened quite like what the ads said.
D.
He believes" Learn English in six weeks, or give your money back".
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据文章内容Of course, it never happened quite like that.可知答案为C
31
Which language is easy to learn?
A.
English
B.
Chinese
C.
Japanese
D.
The mother language
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据文章内容The only language that seems easy to learn is the mother tongue. We should remember that we all learned our own language well when we were children可知答案为D
32
Which countries use English as the mother tongue?
A.
China and France
B.
Japan and Italy
C.
England the America
D.
Germany and France
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据常识内容，可知答案为C
In recent years advances in medical technology have made it possible for people to live longer than in the past . New medicines and machines are developing every day to extend life. However, some people , including some doctors, are not in favor of these life extending measures, and they say that people should have the right（权利）to die when they want. They say that the quality of life is as important as life itself, and that people should not be forced to go on living when conditions of life have become unbearable . They say that people should be allowed to die with dignity（尊严）and to decide when they want to die. Others don't agree and say that life under any conditions is better than death and that the duty of doctors is always to extend life as long as possible. And so the battle goes on and on without a definite （明确的）answer.
33
The best title for this passage is ______________.
A.
The Right to Live
B.
The Right to Die
C.
The Doctor's Duty
D.
Life Is Better than Death
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据对文中语句they say that people should have the right（权利）to die when they want的理解，可知随着人们生活的提高以及医疗条件的改善，寿命延长了，但是人们也有死的权利，故选B
34
People can live longer than in the past. It's because _____________.
A.
medical technology develops
B.
we have big hospitals
C.
there are many good doctors
D.
both B and C
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据短文第二段第一句In recent years advances in medical technology have made it possible for people to live longer than in the past的理解，可知医疗条件的改善是人寿命延长的原因，故选A
35
According to some people whether a dying patient has the right to die is up to________.
A.
the doctors
B.
the surroundings
C.
his or his family
D.
the patient himself or herself
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题,根据对短文They say that people should be allowed to die with dignity（尊严）and to decide when they want to die.的理解可知，能否决定病人的死亡要由病人自己来决定
36
In the writer's opinion ___________.
A.
death is better than life
B.
life is better than death
C.
neither life nor death is good
D.
none of the above
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题,根据文中语句And so the battle goes on and on without a definite （明确的）answer. 的理解，可知到目前为止这个话题的讨论还没有结果，故选D
37
Why do some patients want to die ? Because _____________.
A.
the doctors are not good
B.
the conditions are bad
C.
life is too hard
D.
they are seriously ill
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题,通过对短文They say that the quality of life is as important as life itself, and that people should not be forced to go on living when conditions of life have become unbearable的理解可知，病人决定死亡，是由于病情很严重到了无法忍受的程度
When you are ill, you must be unhappy because your body becomes hot, and there are pains all over. You don't want to work. You stay in bed, feeling terrible.
What makes you ill? They are germs. Germs are everywhere. They are very small and you can't see them with your eyes, but you can find them with a microscope（显微镜）. They are very small and there could be lots of them on or in a very small thing.
Germs are always in the dirty water. When you look at dirty water under a microscope, you will see them in it. So your parents will not let you drink dirty water.
People can also find germs in the air and dust. If you cut your finger, and if some of the dust goes into the finger, it will become big and red, and you will have much pain. Sometimes they will go into your body and you will have pain everywhere.
38
The write thinks that you'll __________ when you are ill.
A.
not want to work
B.
not feel happy C . A and B
本题答案：
A
B
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"When you are ill, you must be unhappy because your body becomes hot, and there are pains all over."理解可知。当生病时，我们都不开心，因为浑身不舒服，故选C。
39
You can see germs __________.
A.
when you are ill
B.
when you use a microscope
C.
when you cut your finger
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Germs are everywhere. They are very small and you can't see them with your eyes, but you can find them with a microscope（显微镜）."理解可知。细菌到处都是，因它非常微小，只能用显微镜才能看得到，故选B。
40
A Microscope is used for __________.
A.
making very big things look much smaller
B.
making very small things look much bigger
C.
examining body
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Germs are everywhere. They are very small and you can't see them with your eyes, but you can find them with a microscope（显微镜）."理解可知。显微镜的作用就是把小东西放大，故选B。
41
Which sentence is not right according to the passage?
A.
There may be lots of germs on a small thing.
B.
If germs go into your body, you will have pain everywhere.
C.
We can see germs with our own eyes.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"They are very small and you can't see them with your eyes,"理解可知。细菌非常微小，我们用眼是看不到的，故选C。
42
The writer talks about __________.
A.
what makes you ill
B.
how to take care of your fingers
C.
how to find germs
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
理解归纳题，根据文中语句理解可知，本篇文章主要告诉我们生病是咋回事，故选A。
New York is a very large city with 8 million people. How do so many people move about the city on their way to work and school? So, we should know something about its transportation.
In New York you can travel about the city by subway, bus, taxi and car. The subway runs on the railroad lines under the city. It crosses the city at different points and goes all parts of the city. Traveling by subway is the fastest way to get around the city.
The second way to travel around the city is by public bus. It's a slower way to travel. This is because the bus moves in road traffic which is often heavy.
You can also travel around the city by taxi. This is the most expensive way, but the taxi will take you to the very place you wish to go to. If traffic is heavy, the taxi will be slow. During the mornings and afternoons, this is the "rush hour". This is the time when the traffic is very heavy with people going to and from work.
The last way to get around New York is using your own car. However（但是）, it's not easy for you to drive, especially（尤其是）when you are driving in the "rush hour". If there is an accident（交通事故）on the road, you will have to wait for a long time.
The best time to travel around the city is from 9am to 4 pm. This is the time after the morning "rush hour" and before the evening "rush hour". Traffic will be less crowded because most people are already at school or at work.
43
This passage is mainly（主要）about _____.
A.
the weather of New York
B.
the transportation of New York
C.
the people in New York
D.
traffic accidents in New York
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
通过So, we should know something about its transportation可知，本文主要讲的就是纽约的交通。所以本题选B。
44
The fastest way to travel in New York is by _____.
A.
subway
B.
taxi
C.
bus
D.
car
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
通过Traveling by subway is the fastest way to get around the city.可知，纽约最快的交通方式是地铁。所以本题选A。
45
The most expensive way to travel in New York is by _____.
A.
subway
B.
taxi
C.
bus
D.
car
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
通过You can also travel around the city by taxi. This is the most expensive way可知，纽约最贵的交通方式是出租车。所以本题选B。
46
If you travel in New York in your own car, which of the following is the best time?
A.
From 8am to 10 am
B.
From 3am to 10 pm
C.
From 3 am to 5 pm
D.
From 10 am to 3pm
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
通过The best time to travel around the city is from 9am to 4 pm可知，最好的时间是从上午9点到下午4点，只有D在此范围内。所以本题选D。
A kind of little cars may take the place of today's big ones many years later. If everyone drives such cars in the future, there will be less pollution in the air. There will also be more space for parking in cities, and the streets will be less crowded.
The little cars of the future will cost less. Driving will be safer, too, since these little cars can go only 65 kilometers an hour. The cars of the future will be fine for going around a city, but they will not be useful for a long way. Little cars will go 450 kilometers before they need to stop for more gasoline (汽油). If big cars are still used with the small ones, two kinds of roads will be needed in the future. Some roads will be needed for the big, faster cars and other roads will be needed for the small, slower ones.
47
There is much pollution in the air today because _____.
A.
people drive big cars
B.
people drive little cars
C.
small cars will go 450 kilometers before they need to stop for more gasoline
D.
the usual size of cars today is too small
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据If everyone drives such cars in the future, there will be less pollution in the air.可知现在空气污染严重的原因是很多人开到大汽车，故选A。
48
The usual size of cars today is _____.
A.
much smaller than the future one
B.
as big as the future ones
C.
as small as the future ones
D.
bigger than the future ones
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据A kind of little cars may take the place of today's big ones many years later.现今的汽车尺寸及通常的汽车尺寸，故选D，通常的汽车尺寸比将来的大。
49
Two kinds of roads will be needed in the future because _____.
A.
there will be too many cars in the future
B.
more and more people will go to cities
C.
big cars run faster and little cars run slower
D.
it looks more beautiful to have two kinds of roads
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据下文Some roads will be needed for the big, faster cars and other roads will be needed for the small, slower ones.可知由于车速不同，故需要两种车道，故选C。
Look at the boy. His English name is Mike Smith. His Chinese name is Li Hai. He is from England. He's twelve years old. My name is Hao Gang. Tom is my English name. I'm from Shanghai. I'm thirteen. Mike and I are good friends. We are in Grade Seven. I am in Class 3 and he is in Class 5. Today is Thursday. We want to swim after school.
50
How old is Li Hai?
A.
10 years old.
B.
11 years old.
C.
12 years old.
D.
13 years old.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
本文的第二行第二句是 He's twelve years old. 意思是他12岁，他指代文中第一行所提到的他的中文名字叫李海，故本题选C。
51
Where is Tom from?
A.
Beijing.
B.
Tianjin.
C.
Shanghai.
D.
Guangzhou.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
本文的第二行和第三行有两句，分别为Tom is my English name. I'm from Shanghai. 意思为汤姆是我的中文名字，我来自于上海，所以文中的汤姆来自于上海，故本题选C。
52
What class is Li Hai in?
A.
Class 2.
B.
Class 3.
C.
Class 4.
D.
Class 5.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
文章第一行提到迈克是李海的英文名，本文的第三行和第四行有两句Mike and I are good friends.和I am in Class 3 and he is in Class 5. 意思是我和迈克是好朋友，我在三班，迈克在五班，迈克就是李海，故本题选D。
53
What day is it tomorrow?
A.
Wednesday.
B.
Thursday.
C.
Friday.
D.
Saturday.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
本文的第四行有一句Today is Thursday.意思为今天是星期四，所以明天是星期五，故本题选C。
54
Which of the following is right?
A.
Mike and Tom are in the same grade.
B.
Mike and Tom are in the same class.
C.
Mike and Tom are from the same country.
D.
Mike and Tom are the same age.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
本文的第三行有一句 We are in Grade Seven.意思为我们在7年级，我们指代迈克和汤姆，所以说汤姆和迈克在同一年级，故本题的A项描述正确，选A。
Everybody wants to be healthy.You know food is very important.There is much healthy food.You can have more bananas，apples，oranges and tomatoes because fruit and vegetables are good for you.But don't eat too much chocolate.It's not healthy food.Healthy food can make you grow and make you strong and happy.Remember there is a saying，"An apple a day keeps a doctor away."Sports can also keep you healthy.Get up early and do some sports every day.Don't be lazy(懒)!You will be healthy and happy.
55
Which of these following sentences is true?___________.
A.
Everybody is healthy.
B.
We don't want to be healthy.
C.
Food is important.
D.
There isn't much healthy food.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据You know food is very important可知，本题的答案应该选C。A说每个人都很健康，当然不对；B说我们不想健康，当然也不对；D说没有很多健康的食物，也是不对的。所以本题选C。
56
Why is healthy food good for you?_________.
A.
It makes you beautiful.
B.
It makes you young.
C.
It makes you tall.
D.
It makes you grow and make you strong and happy.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
通过Healthy food can make you grow and make you strong and happy.可知本题的答案应该选D。
57
"An apple a day keeps a doctor away"means(意思是)：________
A.
The doctor goes away when he sees an apple.
B.
You eat an apple every day and you can be healthy.
C.
The doctor runs away when you give him an apple.
D.
You want to be a doctor.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
本谚语的意思是"每天一个苹果，医生远离我。"实际意思应该是每天吃一个苹果可以让我们保持健康。所以本题应该选B。
58
What's the best title(标题)for this passage(短文)?_________.
A.
Fruit and vegetables.
B.
Healthy food.
C.
Healthy food and sports.
D.
Sports.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
通过阅读短文，前8句主要说了健康的食物，后三句主要说的是运动。所以本文主要是关于健康的食物和运动的。
Welcome to my room. Open the door(门). You can see a desk. There are some books on the desk. My pens are on the desk, too. Behind the door there is a basketball. I love it very much. On the wall there are two pictures. Look at the boy. It's me. Where is my football? Oh! It's on the sofa(沙发). Is my computer on the desk? No , it isn't . It's next to the desk. I love my room. It's very nice , isn't it?
59
.Where are the books? They are___________.
A.
on the sofa
B.
on the wall
C.
on the desk
D.
under the desk
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
通过There are some books on the desk.可知，书在桌子上，所以本题选C。
60
. There isn't a _______ in my room.
A.
computer
B.
football
C.
basketball
D.
TV
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
通过阅读there is a basketball. Where is my football? Oh! It's on the sofa和Is my computer on the desk? It's next to the desk.可知，房间中没有电视机。所以本题选D。
61
Who is the boy in the picture? It's ______.
A.
me
B.
my brother
C.
my friend
D.
my father
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
通过On the wall there are two pictures. Look at the boy. It's me.可知，照片中的人是作者，所以本题选A。
62
Is my football under the sofa?
A.
Yes, it is.
B.
No, it isn't.
C.
Yes, it's.
D.
I don't know.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
通过Where is my football? Oh! It's on the sofa可知，足球在沙发上，题干说"在沙发下"是错误的。所以本题选B。
63
Where is my computer? It's _______.
A.
on the desk
B.
on the sofa
C.
next to the desk
D.
next to the sofa
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
通过Is my computer on the desk? It's next to the desk.可知，电脑靠近桌子。所以本题选C。
About ten men in every hundred have the trouble of color blindness in some way. Women are luckier, only about one in two hundred is affected（感染）in this matter. Perhaps, after all ,it is safer to be driven by a woman.
There are different kinds of color blindness. For example, a man cannot see deep red. He may think that red, orange and yellow are all shades (影子) of green. Sometimes a person can't tell the difference between blue and green. Only a few unlucky men may see everything in shades of green— a strange world indeed.
Color blindness in human beings is a different thing to explain. In only one eye there are millions of very small things called "cones（锥状细胞）" . These help us to see in the bright light and to tell differences between colors. These are also millions of "rods"（杆状细胞），but these are used for seeing when it is nearly dark. They show us shapes but not colors.
Some insects have favorite colors. Mosquitoes(蚊子) like blue but do not like yellow. A red light will not attract insects, but a blue light will. Human beings also have favorite colors. Yet we are lucky. With the help of the cones in our eyes, we can see many beautiful colors by day, and with the help of the rods we can see shapes at night.
64
"Color blindness" means __________ in Chinese.
A.
盲目
B.
无色
C.
色盲
D.
讨厌颜色
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据词的意思可知：color"颜色"，blindness"失明"，所以color blindness就是"色盲"的意思。
65
Some people say it's safer to be driven by women because __________ .
A.
women drive more carefully
B.
women are better at driving than men
C.
women can see things more clearly
D.
there are fewer color — blind women
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
通过阅读第一段，我们可知，妇女开车之所以更安全，是因为她们很少是色盲，很容易区分颜色，特别是交通灯。所以本题选D。
66
With the help of the "cones", we can __________.
A.
tell different shapes
B.
kill insets
C.
see in the dark
D.
tell orange from yellow
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
通过These help us to see in the bright light and to tell differences between colors.可知，"cones"能帮助我们分辨颜色，所以本题应该选D"将黄色与橙色区分开"。
67
We can attract and kill mosquitoes by using a __________ light.
A.
red
B.
yellow
C.
blue
D.
green
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
通过 Mosquitoes(蚊子) like blue 可知，我们应该利用蚊子喜欢蓝色的特性，用蓝光吸引蚊子，从而消灭文中。所以本题选C。
68
Which of the following sentences about color blindness is TRUE?
A.
None of men can see deep red.
B.
Not all of men have the same problem in recognizing colors.
C.
None of men can tell the difference between blue and green.
D.
All of men see everything in shades of green.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
通过阅读全文可知，ACD都太绝对，是错误的；而B的意思是"并非所有的男人在认识颜色方面存在相同的问题。"很明显是正确的。
My favourite sport is basketball because it is very exciting. I like basketball because the NBA stars play very well. Basketball is very cheap and it is a good sport for our health. We can grow taller if we play basketball often. Also it keeps me healthy. I play basketball three times a week. Most often I play it in my school. I often play it with my friends or I may play it myself. I feel very happy when I play basketball at school with my classmates. Sometimes I play basketball in the playground near my home. Basketball is very easy to play. If you play basketball very well, you can join the basketball team . If you win the basketball competition, you will have the prize. You may become a famous basketball star.
69
I like basketball best because it's _______.
A.
cheap
B.
exciting
C.
good
D.
famous
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据My favourite sport is basketball because it is very exciting.可知选B。
70
How many times do I play basketball every week?
A.
five
B.
three
C.
four
D.
six
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据I play basketball three times a week.可知选B。
71
I often play basketball _________
A.
myself
B.
with my friends
C.
with my cousins
D.
with my parents
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据I often play it with my friends可知选B。
72
Why do I like basketball?
A.
Because it's cheap
B.
Because it's good for health
C.
Because the NBA stars play very well
D.
A, B and C
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
理解归纳题，通过阅读短文可知ABC选项都是坐着喜欢篮球的原因，故选D。
73
The best title(标题) for the passage is ______
A.
Basketball player
B.
My favourite sport
C.
Basketball star
D.
My favourite basketball star
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
本篇短文主要介绍了作者喜欢篮球，并详细分析作者喜欢篮球的原因，故选B，我最喜欢的体育运动最符合文章中心。
You can easily find that your sister or brother is different from you. You live together in the same house and have the same parents, but you have different personalities(性格).
Why? One possible reason is the way your parents treat you.
Firstborn children receive all the attention from their parents. Generally speaking, a firstborn has twice as many photos as any other child has. Parents usually give firstborns more responsibilities (责任)and depend on them to take care of younger brothers and sisters. As a result, firstborns are often responsible, hard-working, and serious. They often want to do well at school and in work. More firstborns became American Presidents, for example George W.Bush, George Washington and Lyndon Baines Johnson, than second or last-borns.
When a second child arrives, parents are more relaxed. The second child has to compete (竞争)with the first-born for parents' attention and love. These children often choose different sports and hobbies to develop different personalities. They are often outgoing, but can be jealous and get angry easily.
The youngest child is usually the happiest, and has fewer responsibilities and more freedom(自由的). These children do well at school and in work, but have to be creative（创造性的） to get their family's attention. They are often friendly and cool. Many famous talk-show hosts were born last.
74
The underlined word "jealous" means_______ in Chinese
A.
友好的
B.
嫉妒的
C.
快乐的
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据They are often outgoing, but can be jealous and get angry easily.描述可知这个单词的含义负面的可能性较大，故选B，嫉妒的。
75
The writer thinks that the second-born children are often ______.
A.
outgoing but jealous
B.
cool and friendly
C.
hard-working and serious
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据They are often outgoing, but can be jealous and get angry easily.可知选A。
76
. ______ is usually the happiest in the family according to the passage.
A.
The eldest child
B.
The second child
C.
The youngest child
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据The youngest child is usually the happiest,可知选C。
77
We can learn from the passage that ______.
A.
the second child is very similar to the firstborn child
B.
brothers and sisters usually have the same personalities
C.
more firstborns became American presidents than second or last-borns
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据More firstborns became American Presidents, for example George W.Bush, George Washington and Lyndon Baines Johnson, than second or last-borns.可知选C。
78
The passage is mainly about ______.
A.
birth order and personalities
B.
children and their parents
C.
different children and different work
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
本文主要描述了孩子出生顺序与孩子性格的关系，故选A。
We are all busy taking about and using the Internet. But how many of us know the history of the Internet?
Many people are surprised when they find that the Internet was set up in the 1960s. At that time, computers were large and expensive. Computer networks didn't work well. If one computer in the network broke down, then the whole network stopped. So a new network system had to be set up. It should be good enough to be used by many different computers. If part of the network was not working, information could be sent through another part. In this way, computer network system would keep on working all the time.
At first the Internet was only used by the government (政府). But in the early 1970s, universities, hospitals and banks were allowed to use it, too. However, computers were still very expensive and the Internet was difficult to use. By the start of the 1990s, computers became cheaper and easier to use. Scientists had also developed software that made "surfing" the Internet more convenient.
Today it is easy to get on-line and it is said millions of people use the Internet every day. Sending e-mails is more and more popular among students.
The Internet has now become one of the most important parts of people's life.
79
The Internet has a history of more than _________ years.
A.
fifty
B.
ten
C.
forty
D.
twenty
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据Many people are surprised when they find that the Internet was set up in the 1960s.2012-1960=52，故选A为最佳答案。
80
A new network system was set up to_______.
A.
make computers cheaper
B.
make itself keep on working all the time
C.
break down the whole networks
D.
make computers large and expensive
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据Computer networks didn't work well. If one computer in the network broke down, then the whole network stopped.可知选B。
81
At first the Internet was only used by __________.
A.
the government
B.
universities
C.
hospital and banks
D.
schools
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据At first the Internet was only used by the government (政府).可知选A。
82
________ made "surfing" the Internet more convenient.
A.
Computers
B.
Scientists
C.
Software
D.
Information
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据 Scientists had also developed software that made "surfing" the Internet more convenient.句中定语从句的逻辑主语为software，故选C。
83
Which of the following sentences is true?
A.
In the 1960s, computer networks worked well
B.
In the early 1970s, the Internet was easy to use.
C.
Sending e-mails is more popular among students than before.
D.
Today it is still not easy to get on-line.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据Sending e-mails is more and more popular among students.描述可知选C，其它选项找不到合适依据，
In 1620,about half the USA was covered by forests .Today the forests have almost gone .A lot of good land has gone with them ,leaving only sand .China doesn't want to copy the USA's example.We're planting more and more tress .We've built the "Great Green Wall "of tress across northern pat of our country .The "Great Green Wall"is 7,000 kilometers long ,and between 400 and 1,700 kilometers wide .It will stop the wind from blowing the earth away .It will stop the sand from moving towards the rich farmland in the south .More "Great Green Wall "are needed .Trees must be grown all over the world. "Great Green Wall "will make the world better .
84
In 1620 ,about_____ the USA was covered by forests
A.
a third
B.
half
C.
to thirds
D.
a fourth
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据In 1620,about half the USA was covered by forests .可知选B。
85
A lot of good land has gone with _____.
A.
sand
B.
water
C.
wind
D.
forests
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据Today the forests have almost gone .A lot of good land has gone with them。Them指代的是上文提到的the forests，故选D。
86
The "Great Green Wall"In China is _____long
A.
7,000 kilometers
B.
1,700 kilometers
C.
7,000 meters
D.
400 kilometers
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据The "Great Green Wall"is 7,000 kilometers long ,可知选A。
87
Trees must be grown in _____.
A.
China
B.
the USA
C.
some countries
D.
every part of the world
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据Trees must be grown all over the world.可知选D。
88
_____ will make the world better .
A.
the Great Wall
B.
Tall buildings
C.
Great Green Wall
D.
Flowers and glass
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据"Great Green Wall "will make the world better .可知选C。
American cities are similar to other cities around the world: In every country, cities reflect（反映）the values of the culture. American cities are changing, just as American society is changing.
After World War Ⅱ, the population of most large American cities became smaller; however, the population shifts（转移）to and from the city reflect the changing values of American society. In the late 1940s and early 1950s, city residents（居民）became richer. They had more children so they needed more space. They moved out of their flats in the city to buy their own homes. They bought houses in the suburbs（郊区）.
Now things are changing. The children of the people who left the cities in the 1950s are now adults. Many, unlike their parents, want to live in the cities. They continue to move to Sun Belt cities and older ones of the Northeast and Midwest. Many young people are moving back into the city. They prefer the city to the suburbs because their jobs are there; or they just enjoy the excitement and what the city offers.
This population shift is bringing problems as well as some advantages. Countless poor people must leave their flats in the city because the owners want to sell the buildings or make flats for sale instead of for rent（租金）. In the 1950s, many poor people did not have enough money to move to the suburbs; now many of these same people do not have enough money to stay in the cities.
Only a few years ago, people thought that the older American cities were dying. Some city residents now see a bright, new future. Others see only problems. One thing is sure: many dying cities are alive again.
89
The main idea of the passage is _________.
A.
cities around the world
B.
the dying cities
C.
the changing American cities
D.
the changing of the American culture
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
通过阅读短文可知本文第一段及点明了本文的主旨,即介绍美国城市的变化,故选C.
90
Why did American city residents want to live in the suburbs after World War Ⅱ?
A.
Because older American cities were dying.
B.
Because they were richer and needed more space.
C.
Because cities included the worst parts of society.
D.
Because they could hardly afford to live in the city.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据In the late 1940s and early 1950s, city residents（居民）became richer. They had more children so they needed more space. They moved out of their flats in the city to buy their own homes.描述可知选B.
91
According to the 4th paragraph, a great many poor people in American cities _________.
A.
are faced with housing problems
B.
are made to move to the suburbs
C.
want to sell their buildings
D.
need more money for daily costs
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据Countless poor people must leave their flats in the city because the owners want to sell the buildings or make flats for sale instead of for rent（租金）.描述可知选A.
92
We can know from the passage that _________.
A.
American cities are changing for the worse
B.
the population is getting smaller in older American cities
C.
many people are now moving from American cities
D.
people have different views on American cities
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
通过短文最后一段可知人们对于美国城市的观点有很多种,故选D.
If the rose can be said to be a special flower, then the apple can be said to be a special fruit. It is very important in American culture. American stories speak of Johnny Appleseed, who went throughout America collecting apple seeds and planting apple trees. He had a great love for nature and went through fields and farms adding richness and beauty to the country.
One of the first sayings taught to school children is, "An apple a day keeps the doctor away." This short saying encourages children to eat fresh fruit to keep healthy. If someone always says good words to a person, people will call him an "apple polisher". This, however, is not a good name. If someone is very dear to us, we say that he or she is the "apple of our eye".
Most people believe that the fruit which Eve gave to Adam was an apple, even though the Bible(圣经) never says so. The apple, therefore, is a deep part of the language and stories of America.
An apple is also delicious. Apples can be cooked in many ways, used as a dessert, and made into sweet juice.
In many parts of the country during the harvest season, a popular activity is to go into an apple garden to pick apples. Washington, D. C. and New York are both famous for their apples.
Finally, when it's time to take a vacation to American cities, one can always visit New York, which is "the biggest apple" of all the American cities.
93
What does the underlined phrase "apple polisher" mean?
A.
Something for cutting apples.
B.
A person who likes to please others.
C.
A person who is dealing with fruits.
D.
A machine for cleaning apples quickly.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
本文第二段第三行有一句If someone always says good words to a person, people will call him an "apple polisher".意思为如果某个人对一个人说了好听的话，也就是说了会使那个人感到高兴的话，我们通常可以把这样的人称为"apple polisher"，故本题应选B。
94
Which of the following is TRUE with apples?
A.
Apples are medicine.
B.
Apples are the most important food.
C.
New York is famous for its big apples.
D.
The Bible says Adam was given an apple.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
本文最后两段最后一句是Washington, D. C. and New York are both famous for their apples.和one can always visit New York, which is "the biggest apple" of all the American cities.意思为华盛顿和纽约因苹果而闻名，纽约拥有美国最大的苹果，故本题描述正确的选项为C。
95
The passage is mainly about ________________.
A.
stories about the apple
B.
apples in American culture
C.
some famous sayings of the apple
D.
big cities that is famous for apples
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
本文谈论了有关苹果的各个方面，主要强调的是苹果是美国的一种文化，故本题最佳的选项为C。
Making friend is a skill. Like most skills, it improves with practice. If you want to meet people and make friends, you must be willing（乐意） to take some action. You must first go where there are people. You won't make friends staying home alone.
Join a club or group, talking with those who like the same things you do is much easier. Or join someone in some activity. Many people are nervous when talking to new people. After all, meeting strangers means facing the unknown. And it's human nature to feel a bit uncomfortable about the unknown.
Most of our fears about dealing with new people come from doubts about ourselves. We imagine other people are giving an opinion about us-finding us too tall or too short, too this or too that. But don't forget that they must be feeling the same away. Try to accept(接受)yourself as you are, and try to put the other person at ease(不拘束). You'll both feel more comfortable.
Try to keep self-confident(自信)even when you don't feel that way when you enter a room full of strangers, such as a new classroom, walk tall(趾高气扬)and straight, look directly at other people and smile. If you see someone you'd like to speak to, say something. Don't wait for the other person to start a conversation.
Just meeting someone new does not mean that you will make friends with that person-friendship is based on each other's liking and "give and take". They take time and efforts to develop. And there are things that keep a new friendship from growing.
96
If you want to meet people and make friends, what should you do?
A.
Join a club or group.
B.
Talk with those who like the same things.
C.
Join someone in some activity.
D.
All of the above(上面)
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文第二段描述可知包括选项ABC全部内容，故选D。
97
In the sentence "After all, meeting strangers means facing the unknown.", the word "unknown" means _____.
A.
without somebody knowing
B.
without somebody liking
C.
unfriendly
D.
unpleasant
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据上文Many people are nervous when talking to new people.及下文描述本句所说的unknown就是前后文提到的新人，故选A，没有人认识的人。
98
How do you feel more comfortable when you are with new people?
A.
Shake hands with others
B.
Accept yourself as you are, and put the other as ease
C.
Don't talk with those who don't like.
D.
Walk tall and straight.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据Try to accept(接受)yourself as you are, and try to put the other person at ease(不拘束).可知选B。
99
If you'd like to speak to someone, what should you do?
A.
You should wait until the person says something.
B.
You should stay home alone.
C.
You should cough until the person notices you.
D.
You should say something at first.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据If you see someone you'd like to speak to, say something. Don't wait for the other person to start a conversation.描述可知是应该自己先开口，故选D。
100
Friendship is based on______
A.
meeting for the first time
B.
each other's liking and "give and take"
C.
keeping self-confident
D.
facing the unknown
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据person-friendship is based on each other's liking and "give and take"可知选B。
As part of the first International Hot Spring Culture and Tourism Festival in Xianning, Hubei Province, Miss Friendship International 2009 was held in Wuhan, Hubei, China from 20th October 2009 to 9th November 2009 with 70 gorgeous contestants（佳丽） gathering from across the world.
The city is a popular travel spotlight, known for its hot springs and red tourism.
Beginning in 2005 in New York, Miss Friendship International is an international beauty contest, with the theme "beauty promotes（促进） international friendship which leads to world peace."
From 2:40pm to 3:42 pm on November 7th, 7 top hot spring hotels and scenic areas in Xianning, Hubei province began an activity called "Tens of thousands of people bath in the hot spring together". 450 female university students from Xianning College formed the shape of the Arabic number"10000"in the big bath.
101
Xianning 1st International Hotspring cultural and Tourism Festival ended ________.
A.
on 20th October
B.
on 7th November
C.
on 9th November
D.
in 2005
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据to 9th November 2009 可知在12月9日结束，故选C。
102
Where did the gorgeous contestants come from?
A.
Xianning
B.
Wuhan
C.
college
D.
world
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据with 70 gorgeous contestants（佳丽） gathering from across the world 可知选D。
103
What's the purpose of Miss International beauty contest?
A.
bath in the hot spring
B.
travel in China
C.
promote international friendship
D.
choose beauty
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据with the theme "beauty promotes（促进） international friendship 可知选C。
104
From the passage we know Xianning is famous for ________
A.
university students
B.
gorgeous contestants
C.
hotels
D.
hot springs
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据The city is a popular travel spotlight, known for its hot springs and red tourism.可知选D。
105
Which is true according to the passage?
A.
International Hot Spring Culture and Tourism Festival has been held in Xianning twice.
B.
The first Miss Friendship International beauty contest was held in China.
C.
10000 people bathed in the hot spring except college students during the Festival.
D.
Xianning has become one of the most popular cities because of the Festival.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
通过阅读短文可知由于这个节日，咸宁已经成为世界上最受欢迎的城市之一。故选D。
The summer sun is out, and we're beginning to feel the heat. Before you go outside to have fun, make sure you put on the right things!
Do you know what kind of clothes can make you look hot and keep you cool? Here are some ideas for clothes to help you look great.
Fun colors and cartoons are back from the 1980s this year; the dirty look is out. People will be looking for fresh bright colors this summer. Girls in pink look cute and sweet. And green makes everyone look more lively. Some of the best colours are cotton candy pink and lime green. These soft colours go well with jeans or just about anything else. As soon as you put on one of these colours, you'll feel like a star!
Some girls like something more interesting than all solid(单一的) colours. For them, there are lots of floral patterns (花卉图案) to choose from in shirts, dresses or skirts. A floral shirt looks nice with a light-coloured solid skirt or trousers.
Of course, jeans are in for boys. If you get too hot, try something lighter, like khaki cargo pants. They'll have enough pockets to keep everything you need for studying, playing and keeping cool! Army green is all the rage(盛行) this year.
106
This passage mainly tells us ____.
A.
what colour to choose for summer clothes
B.
how to make summer clothes
C.
right colours for boys
D.
how to hold a fashion show
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据 Do you know what kind of clothes can make you look hot and keep you cool? Here are some ideas for clothes to help you look great.及上下文描述可知本文主要是告诉我夏天选择什么颜色的衣服。故选A。
107
The underlined word "in" probably means ____.
A.
"在里面"
B.
"流行的"
C.
"参加"
D.
"喜欢"
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据前文Of course,当然了，可知句意为男孩中流行牛仔裤。故选B。
108
Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?
A.
Colours, like red and green, look good with jeans.
B.
A floral shirt goes well with a light-coloured solid skirt.
C.
Light colours make people feel hot.
D.
Army green is out this year.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据A floral shirt looks nice with a light-coloured solid skirt or trousers.描述可知选B。
109
Khaki cargo pants are special because they ____.
A.
go well with floral patterns in shirts
B.
make people want to dance
C.
have enough pockets
D.
are cheap
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据They'll have enough pockets to keep everything you need for studying,描述可知选C。
110
Which of the following colours may not look good in summer according to the passage?
A.
orange
B.
pink
C.
army green
D.
black
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文第三段描述可知黑色可能在夏天看起来不怎么样。故选D。
Dogs like living with people. A dog can be a very good friend. He can do a lot of things for people. Some dogs help people to look after sheep, other dogs help them to find lost children. And some of the dogs can help the blind (盲人) do things.
Many years ago there was a very good dog. His name was Seeing Eye dog. Now we can see this kind of dogs all over the world. They are working for the blind.
The Seeing Eye dog is strong, good and easy to train(训练). He helps the blind to walk from place to place.
Before a dog becomes a Seeing Eye dog, he must go to a training school for about three months. First the dog has to learn to sit or stay when he hears the trainer's call. In his next lesson the dog learns to make his trainer across busy streets.
The dog has many things to learn. And in every lesson he must learn to do one thing again and again for many times.
At the end of the training school he must take tests. When he passes the tests, the Seeing Eye dog will do the things by himself.
Now he can help blind people. The new master may be a man, a woman, or even a child. It takes the dog and his blind master about a month to learn to work and live together.
111
We can see the Seeing Eye dog _______.
A.
only in the country
B.
only in small cities
C.
all over the world
D.
only on the busy street
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据Now we can see this kind of dogs all over the world可知，现在在世界各地都能看到这种导盲犬，所以本题选C。
112
What can the Seeing Eye dog do?
A.
Look after sheep.
B.
Help blind people.
C.
Find lost children.
D.
Train blind people.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
通过 They are working for the blind可知，导盲犬是为盲人服务的，也就是帮助盲人的。所以本题选B。
113
If you want a dog to become a Seeing Eye dog, you must let him ________.
A.
go to a training school
B.
go to a middle school
C.
go to an evening school
D.
go to a children school
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据Before a dog becomes a Seeing Eye dog, he must go to a training school 可知，在一条狗成为导盲犬之前，应该先到训练学校加以训练。所以本题选A。
114
First the dog has to learn to sit or stay __________.
A.
when he hears the telephone call
B.
when he hears another dog's call
C.
when he hears the master's call
D.
when he hears the trainer's call
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据First the dog has to learn to sit or stay when he hears the trainer's call可知，当这条狗听到训练员的的口令时，首先要学会坐和待着。所以本题选D。
115
How long will it take the dog and his blind master to learn to work and live together?
A.
One year.
B.
Five years.
C.
About a month.
D.
One week.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据It takes the dog and his blind master about a month to learn to work and live together可知，这条狗需要用大约一个月的时间和盲人进行磨合。所以本题选C。
Americans love cars.They go everywhere in them.8 5％of people in the US go to and from work by car. And most adults have driving licenses.Why does this car culture exist?
How it started
America's love of cars started after the war(战争)when soldiers returned home from World War II to rebuild their lives.They borrowed money from the government to buy houses and cars which became the symbols of status(地位).The more money they had，the bigger their cars were.
Making of roads
During the war，President Eisenhower noticed what good roads Germany had.He decided to build new four-lane(四车道)roads in America.He said if something happened suddenly，the two-lane roads wouldn't be able to carry all the cars that would suddenly leave the cities.Car and oil companies liked his idea and building started.
Car lover
Not just teenagers are crazy about cars.Some Americans love their cars so much that they paint their cars beautifully .These are called Art Cars.Every April there is an activity in Houston，Texas，where they show their cars.
Pollution
Cars have polluted the environment.American President Bush refused a worldwide law that is against pollution.Many countries were angry about it.Bush said he had to think of the American economy(经济)and all the American people that make money from cars.Factories say they want to make cars that pollute less.But others say making cars that pollute less will never be as good as having fewer cars.
116
When did Americans begin to love cars?
A.
Before the new two-lane roads were built.
B.
After World War II.
C.
During World War II.
D.
Before World War II.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据America's love of cars started after the war(战争)when soldiers returned home from World War II 可知，美国人爱车是在二战后，所以本题应该选Ｂ。
117
New four-1ane roads were build _______.
A.
in Germany
B.
by car and oil companies
C.
in America
D.
when something suddenly happened
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据He decided to build new four-lane(四车道)roads in America.可知，应该是在美国。所以本题选Ｃ。
118
The underlined word "building" here means "the building of _______".
A.
companies
B.
soldiers' lives
C.
houses
D.
roads
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据上文我们知道，本句的意思应该是"汽车和石油公司很喜欢他的主意，所以修路的工程就开始了。"所以本题选Ｄ。
119
What were other countries' feelings about Bush's decision?
A.
They agreed with him.
B.
They showed anger to it.
C.
They paid no attention to it.
D.
The passage doesn't tell us.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
通过Many countries were angry about it可知，其他国家并不赞成，所以表现出了愤怒。所以本题选Ｂ。
120
What does the last sentence mean?
A.
It's better to have fewer cars.
B.
It's better to make cars that pollute less.
C.
It's easier to make cars that pollute less.
D.
It's easier to make people have fewer cars.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
通过阅读上下文，本句的意思就是最好有更少的汽车。所以本题选Ａ。
American people like to say "Thank you" when others help them or say something kind to them. People of many countries do so, too. It is a very good habit. You should say "Thank you" when someone passes you the salt on the table, when someone walking ahead of you keeps the door open for you, when someone says you have done your work well, or you have bought a nice thing, or your city is very beautiful. "Thank you" is used not only between friends, but also between parents and children, brothers and sisters. "Excuse me" is another short sentence they use. When you hear someone say so behind you, you know that somebody wants to walk past you without touching you. It's not polite to break others when they are talking. If you want to speak to one of them, say "Excuse me" first, and then begin talking. You should also do so when you begin to cough or make any noise before others. Let's learn to say "Thank you" and "Excuse me".
121
You should say "Thank you" when ______________.
A.
you say something kind to others
B.
you help others
C.
someone helps you
D.
you need others to help you
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据American people like to say "Thank you" when others help them or say something kind to them. People of many countries do so, too. It is a very good habit.及下文描述可知选C。
122
From the passage we know "Thank you" is _________.
A.
widely used in the world
B.
used more often than "Excuse me"
C.
used only by American
D.
used only between friends
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据People of many countries do so, too. 及下文描述可知选A。
123
You should say "Excuse me" if you want to __________.
A.
cough
B.
make some noise
C.
go first
D.
all of the above
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文后半部分描述可知当你想做选项ABC中的事情时，都要首先说打扰了，故选D。
124
When you are going to ask someone to tell you the way, you should say "_________"
A.
Thank you
B.
That's very kind of you
C.
Excuse me
D.
I'm sorry
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文后半部分描述，向别人问路也是打扰别人，故应首先说打扰了。选C。
125
This passage mainly tells us the way _________.
A.
to be happy
B.
to be polite
C.
to help others
D.
to learn from Americans
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
通过阅读短文可知，无论是说谢谢还是对不起都是礼貌的一种表现，故选B，告诉我们怎样才能有礼貌。
There have been many great inventions or things that changed the way we live. The first great invention was the one that is still very important today——the wheel. This made it easier to carry heavy things and to travel long distance.
For hundreds of years after that there were few inventions that had as much effect as the wheel . Then in the early 1800s the world started to change. There was little unknown land left in the world. People didn't have to explore much any more. They began to work instead to make life better.
In the second half of the 19th century many great inventions were made. Among them were the camera, the light and the radio. These all play a big part in our daily life today.
The first part of the 20th century saw more great inventions. The helicopter in 1909, movies with sound in 1926, the computer in 1928, jet planes in 1930. This was also a time when a new material was first made. Nylon came out in 1935. It changed the kind of clothes people wore.
The middle part of the 20th century brought new ways to help people get over diseases. They worked very well. They made people healthier and allowed them to live longer. By the 1960s most people could expect to live to be at least 60.
By this time most people in developed countries had a very good life. Of course new inventions continued to be made. But man now had a desire(渴望) to explore again. The earth was known to man but the stars were not. Man began looking for ways to go into space. Russia made the first step. Then United States took a step. Since then other countries , including China and Japan, have made their own steps into space.
In 1969 man took his biggest step away from earth. Americans first walked on the moon. This is certainly just a beginning, though. New inventions will some day allow us to do things we have never yet dreamed of.
126
This passage talks mainly about _______________ .
A.
why cars were very important
B.
when light was invented
C.
how inventions affect people's daily life
D.
which country made the first step into space
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据There have been many great inventions or things that changed the way we live.及下文描述可知本文主要描述了发明是如何影响人们的日常生活的。故选C。
127
According to the passage man didn't have a desire to explore a lot ___________.
A.
at the beginning of 1800s
B.
in the 1960s
C.
since the 1900s
D.
from the 1800s to 1960s
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据Then in the early 1800s the world started to change. …… People didn't have to explore much any more.描述可知选A。
128
Nylon came out five years later than____________ .
A.
radio
B.
camera
C.
jet planes
D.
movies
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据jet planes in 1930. …… Nylon came out in 1935.1935-1930=5，故选C。
129
People can live longer lives because ________ that help cure diseases have worked very well.
A.
doctors
B.
new ways
C.
medicines
D.
new hospitals
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据The middle part of the 20th century brought new ways to help people get over diseases. They worked very well. They made people healthier and allowed them to live longer.描述可知选B。
This term, I came to Chou Zhou Middle School. There are 42 classes, 110 teachers and 2400 students in the school.
In the middle of the school there is two tall buildings. They are for us to have classes. All the classrooms are there. There are some small rooms, too. They are offices for the teachers to work. All the teachers get ready for their lessons there.
In front of the tall buildings, there is a small one. It is the library. There are many books there. The teachers and the students like to read books in it. Sometimes they borrow(借) books from it.
There is a sports hall behind the tall buildings. The boys often play basketball there happily. Of course, there is a science building in my school.
This is my school. It's not only big, but also nice. I like my new school very much.
130
There are ________ classes in Chou Zhou Middle School.
A.
20
B.
42
C.
23
D.
24
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据There are 42 classes可知，本校有42个班级。所以本题选B。
131
The classrooms are in the __________.
A.
tall buildings
B.
sports hall
C.
library
D.
office
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据there is two tall buildings. They are for us to have classes.可知，本题应该选A。
132
How many buildings are there in the school ?
A.
5
B.
4
C.
3
D.
6
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据文章，文中提到了五座建筑分别是：两座教学楼，一座图书馆，一座运动馆和一座科技馆。所以本题选A。
133
The students can borrow books from the ___________.
A.
library
B.
offices
C.
classrooms
D.
schools
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
在Sometimes they borrow(借) books from it中的it是指图书馆，所以本题应选A。
134
Where is the two tall buildings in the school ?
A.
They are in front of the library.
B.
They are behind the sports hall.
C.
They are between the library and the sports hall.
D.
They are behind the on the left of the science building.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据In front of the tall buildings, there is a small one. It is the library.和There is a sports hall behind the tall buildings.可知，这两座高建筑是在图书馆和体育馆中间。所以本题选C。
Can plants eat people? Probably not, but there are many plants that eat meat. Some of them are big. And they can eat small animals. One famous meat-eating plant is the Venus flytrap.
The Venus flytrap is a very strange plant. It grows in dry parts of the United States. Its leaves are like the pages of a book. They can open and close very quickly. Inside the leaves, there are three small hairs. If a fly(蚊子) touches one of the hairs, the leaf close quickly. The fly cannot get out. In about half an hour, the leaf presses(挤压) the fly until it is dead. Then, the plant covers the fly. Slowly, the plant eats the fly.
How can that happen? Most plants get what they need from the sun, the air, and the ground. In some places, the ground is very poor. It doesn't have all these important things, especially nitrogen(氮). Animal meat has a lot of nitrogen, so some plants eat meat to get what they need. Let's hope that some of the bigger plants don't get the same idea!
135
What kind of plant is the Venus flytrap?
A.
It is the plant that can be eaten as vegetables
B.
It is the plant that can eat people
C.
It is the plant that can eat meat.
D.
It is the plant that is poisonous(有毒的)
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据One famous meat-eating plant is the Venus flytrap(捕蝇草).及上文描述可知只是一种吃肉的植物，故选C。
136
What are inside its leaves?
A.
some small leaves
B.
some pages of books
C.
some flowers
D.
some hairs
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据Inside the leaves, there are three small hairs.可知叶子里面有三根小毛发，故选D。。
137
The Venus flytrap eats flies because__________.
A.
It grows in dry parts
B.
It hates flies
C.
It'll be eaten by flies
D.
It needs air and water
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据Animal meat has a lot of nitrogen, so some plants eat meat to get what they need.及上文描述，可知选A，他生活在干旱地区，只能从这些东西中得到营养。
Singles' Day (光棍节)falls on every November 11th, and as the name suggests, this holiday is one specially for people who are still living the single life. It's surprising that China is the only country in the world that has set up a special day for singles to celebrate(庆祝) their lives. To find out more about this celebration, read on.
An old story goes that once there were four single men, leading very boring lives. None of them were married, or had lovers, or did anything exciting. They just sat around all day and played Mahjong（麻将）.
One day they played Mahjong from 11 in the morning until 11 at night. During the game, no matter who won, the winning card was always the 'Sitiao' card. And that day happened to be November 11th. In order to remember the day, they called it Singles' Day.
For breakfast on Singles' Day, singles often eat four youtiao, which means the four "ones" in "11.11". Many singles also choose to say goodbye to their single lives on this day. So they take part in 'blind date' parties , trying to find someone they love and many people choose to marry on this day. Besides the meaning 'single', the four 'ones' of the date can also mean 'only one' as in 'the only one for me.' Some people will use this date and this meaning to tell their special someone that they are the only 'one' in their heart.
138
__________ first called November 11th Singles' Day.
A.
The Chinese government
B.
People who have been married
C.
Four people playing Mahjong
D.
People who don't want to get married
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第四段描述，光棍节是由四个中国人打麻将时叫出来的，故选C。
139
The Chinese meaning of the word "'blind date' parties" in this passage is "________".
A.
盲人聚会
B.
相亲会
C.
化妆舞会
D.
盲人党派
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系上文，他们决定在这一天对他们的单身生活说再见及下文试图找到自己爱的人及许多人选择在这一天结婚，可知这个短语指的是相亲会，故选B。
140
Singles often have ________ for breakfast on Singles' Day.
A.
some bread
B.
noodles
C.
4 youtiao
D.
nothing
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据For breakfast on Singles' Day, singles often eat four youtiao, which means the four "ones" in "11.11".描述，可知选C。
141
Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A.
Singles' Day is on November 11th.
B.
Singles' Day is celebrated by no countries but China.
C.
Singles' Day is for people who don't have lovers.
D.
To celebrate Singles' Day, people play Mahjong from from 11 in the morning until 11 at night.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文最后一段描述，打麻将不属于光棍节的庆祝活动之一，故选项D描述错误。
Some people think only school children do not agree with their parents, however, it is not true.
Communication is a problem for parents and children of all ages. If it's hard for you to communicate with your parents, don't worry about it. Here are some advice for you to bridge the generation gap (代沟).
Don't argue with your parents. Don't get to your parents when you are angry. Your parents probably won't consider your ideas if you are shouting at them. And you can't express yourself well if you are angry. Go someplace to cool off. Make sure you understand why you are unhappy. Then think about what you want to say to your parents. If you don't think you can speak to them at the moment, try writing a letter.
Try to reach a compromise (和解). Perhaps you and your parents disagree on something. You can keep your disagreement and try your best to accept each other. Michael's mother didn't agree with him about buying a motorcycle. They argued over it. But they finally came to a compromise. Michael bought the motorcycle, but only drove it on certain days.
Of course, your parents might refuse to compromise on something. In these situations, it is especially important to show love and respect (尊敬) to them. Showing respect will keep your relationship strong.
Talk about your values. The values of your parents are probably different from those of your own. Tell your parents what you care about, and why. Understanding your values might help them see your purposes in life.
A good relationship with your parents can make you a better and happier person. It is worth having a try!
142
According to the passage who have a communication problem?
A.
parents and other people
B.
only school kids and their parents
C.
teachers and their students
D.
parents and children of all ages
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Communication is a problem for parents and children of all ages."理解可知。父母和孩子之间的沟通问题在任何年龄段都存在，故选D。
143
How many pieces of advice does the writer give us to bridge the generation gap?
A.
5.
B.
4.
C.
3.
D.
2.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
理解归纳题，通读文中语句理解可知，作者给我们提了三条建议，故选C。
144
The underlined word "bridge" in the passage means "______".
A.
建立
B.
消除
C.
通过
D.
到达
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
词义理解推断题，根据文中语句"Here are some advice for you to bridge the generation gap (代沟)"理解可知，作者提供的是如何消除代沟的建议，故选B。
145
If the values of your parents are different from those of yours, you'd better ______.
A.
argue with them
B.
keep away from them
C.
agree with them all the time
D.
tell your parents what you care about
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"The values of your parents are probably different from those of your own. Tell your parents what you care about, and why."理解可知。让父母了解你的价值观，可以帮助父母更加的了解你，故选D。
146
The best title for the passage is______.
A.
How to bridge the generation gap
B.
How to deal with family problems
C.
How to be good parents
D.
How to be a good child
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
标题理解归纳题，通读全文中的语句理解可知，本文主要介绍怎样消除代沟的建议，故选A。
"Cool" is a word with many meanings. It means a little cold at first. As time changes, the word gets many different meanings. We can use "cool" when we talk about something wonderful or somebody looking smart. For example. When you see a beautiful and expensive car in the street, you can say, "It is cool." You may think the famous film star Keanu Reeves is cool. You can also use the word to mean something new and surprising. Here is an example. One day a teacher took the students to a farm and then asked them to write something about the visit. One of her students just wrote, "The farm is so cool." Because he thought " cool" was the best word to show what he saw and felt. It also shows some people don't have enough words. Without "cool", they seem to have no other words to use. Can you think of any other words like "cool: with so many meanings? If you can they are also very "cool".
147
The meaning of the word "cool" ______.
A.
is always the same
B.
changes a lot
C.
is "wonderful or smart"
D.
is "new and surprising"
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章As time changes, the word gets many different meanings.可知，随着时间的推移，cool这个词有着许多不同的意思。故选B
148
"You may think the famous film star Keanu reeves is cool". Here "cool" means ______.
A.
a little cold
B.
a little hot
C.
new and surprising
D.
good-looking
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知"cool"可以形容看起来很好看的人。所以，如果你认为电影明星基努·里维斯很cool，这里的意思应该是他看起来很好看。故选D
149
"It also means some people don't have enough words". Here "it" means_____.
A.
the example
B.
the student
C.
the word "cool"
D.
the visit to the farm
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
推断题。根据文章Because he thought " cool" was the best word to show what he saw and felt. It also shows some people don't have enough words.如果一个人认为cool是展示他的所看和所想最好的词语，这也展示了一些人没有足够的词汇。可知，这里It指代的是前面这个例子。故选A
150
When some people use "cool" everywhere they don't have other words, the writer seems a little ______.
A.
excited
B.
happy
C.
surprised
D.
worried
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
推断题。根据文章作者认为一些人用"cool"来表达自己的观点时，这也是缺乏词汇的表现。作者对此很担心。故选D
151
The best title is _____.
A.
Something about the word "Cool"
B.
"Cool", the Best Word to Use
C.
People use "Cool" Too Much
D.
"Cool' Is A New Word
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
主旨题。这篇文章讲述了"cool"这个词语的一些意思。故选A
Beijing Opera is also called Peking Opera.. It came into being after 1790 when the famous four Anhui opera troupe(戏班) came to Beijing. Its music and singing(唱腔) came from Xipi and Er-huang in Anhui and Hubei. Its costtumes are all fascinating and artistic.It is the highest expression of the Chinese culture. It's full of famous stories , beautiful facial paintings, and wonderful gestures and fighting. This kind of opera is very popular with Chinese people.
There are four main roles in Beijing Opera: Sheng ,Dan, Jing and Chou. Sheng is the leading male(男性) actor。For example , a Wusheng is a soldier or fighter .A Xiaosheng is a young man . A Laosheng is the comedy actor or clown.Dan is the female (女性)role 。 Jing，mostly male , is the face-painted role and Chou is the comedy actor or clown.
Stories in Beijing Opera are very intetesting . Some of them are from the history book ,but most of them are from the literature , especially famous novels . The people in the story usually have some disagreements. They become angry and uhappy . They are sad and lonely . Sometimes they are nervous and worried. Then they find a way to make peace . The stories usually end with happiness and lunghter and people are all happy in the end.
152
Beijing Opera's singing is from _______.
A.
Anhui and hubei
B.
Beijing and Anhui
C.
the history book
D.
the literature and novls
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据Its music and singing(唱腔) came from Xipi and Er-huang in Anhui and Hubei.描述，可知选A。
153
The second paragraph(段落) of the reading is about the______of Beijing Opera.
A.
stories
B.
roles
C.
gestures
D.
Paintings
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据There are four main roles in Beijing Opera:及下文描述，可知本段主要讲述的是京剧中的角色，故选B。
154
From the reading ,we know the the Chou most probably has a(n) _____feature.
A.
honest
B.
funny
C.
dull
D.
serious
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据and Chou is the comedy actor or clown.丑角指的是喜剧演员或者小丑，故选B，有趣的。
155
Which of the following statements is TURE?
A.
Peking Opera is full of different gestures.
B.
There are only four roles in Beijing Opera.
C.
Beijing Opera is the most popular in the world.
D.
The people in the story usually are in agreement.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第一段It's full of famous stories , beautiful facial paintings, and wonderful gestures and fighting. 描述，可知选A。
156
What role is Sheng ?
A.
the eading male actor
B.
the female role
C.
the comedy actor or clown
D.
the face-painted role
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据最后一段Sheng is the leading male(男性) actor。描述，可知选A。
Hi! My name is Robert and I live in Chicago. My school is called Parkside Elementary. It is Jake and Elizabeth's school too. Michael and Trevor's school is called Lincoln Middle School. In the USA many students go to elementary school between the ages of 5-10, then middle school between the ages of 11-13, and then a four year high school, and last but not least, many people go to college or vocational school. Our elementary school starts at 8:30 am and ends at 3:20 pm. We go to school on Monday through Fridays and have the weekends off.
Some of the favorite sports here in America are basketball, baseball, football, soccer, hockey, and more. But, my favorite sport is football. My favorite player in the NFL (National Football League) is Brian Urlacher of the Chicago Bears ( the Bears are my favorite team too).
Americans wear jeans, a shirt, socks, shoes, and sometimes a hat. I usually wear a baseball hat, my favorite pants, and my favorite shirt. My pants have 4 pockets on it, and my shirt has red and black stripes on it.
There is no common agreement in the west about the best method of education. Many views can be found among parents, teachers, and students.
157
Students in elementary school stay at school for about ________days.
A.
four
B.
five
C.
six
D.
seven
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段We go to school on Monday through Fridays and have the weekends off.描述,可知选B.
158
The writer's favorite sport is __________.
A.
basketball
B.
baseball
C.
hockey
D.
football
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第二段But, my favorite sport is football. 描述,可知选D.
159
The third passage mainly tells us __________.
A.
the writer's favorite sports
B.
the writer's favorite food
C.
the writer's favorite clothes
D.
the writer's favorite color
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据I usually wear a baseball hat, my favorite pants, and my favorite shirt.及本段描述,可知本段主要告诉我们作者最喜欢的衣服,故选.
160
"views"in the last passage means _________ in Chinese.
A.
视野
B.
风景
C.
见解
D.
检查
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
联系上文There is no common agreement in the west about the best method of education.在西方没有关于最好的教育方法的共同协议,可知这个单词指的是见解的意思,故选C.
This is a picture of our classroom (教室). The walls(墙) are white. A blackboard(黑板) is on the wall. Two doors (门) are in the wall. Six brooms (扫帚) and a baseball are behind (在……后面) the door. Fifty desks and chairs are in our classroom. They are our desks and chairs. Three plants are green. We like(喜欢) our classroom. 26 boys and 24 girls are in my class. We are all friends.
161
This is a picture of ________.
A.
our classroom
B.
our room
C.
our school
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据This is a picture of our classroom (教室).可知选A.
162
________ is on the wall.
A.
A blackboard
B.
A baseball
C.
Two doors
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据A blackboard(黑板) is on the wall.可知选A.
163
_________ are behind the door.
A.
Six brooms and baseballs.
B.
The desks and chairs
C.
A baseball and six brooms.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据Six brooms (扫帚) and a baseball are behind (在……后面) the door.可知选C.
164
What are green?
A.
The doors
B.
The plants
C.
The walls
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据Three plants are green.可知选B.
165
"Fifty desks and chairs are in our classroom." The number：fifty = _________
A.
26
B.
24
C.
50
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据26 boys and 24 girls are in my class.可知教室里面有五十个学生,故需要五十套桌椅,故选C.
If someone says to you: "give me five", do not search your pocket to get five yuan! It will make others laugh! The person's not asking for your money, but your fingers.
In the US, "give me five" or "give me the high five" is a popular gesture (动作). You can see it often in films or on TV. It means the clapping (拍) of each other's raised (举起的) right hands together.
People do it when they meet for the first time or something happy happens. For example, a student has good marks in exams or wins a lottery ticket (彩票).If a football team wins a game, the players will give high fives to everyone around to celebrate.
This gesture may come from the old Roman gesture of raising the right arm for the emperor(皇帝). This showed that the person raising his arm did not have a sword (刀) in his hand.
Why not try to give the high five to your friends?
166
"Give me five" is a gesture to _______.
A.
make people laugh
B.
ask for money
C.
celebrate success
D.
search one's pocket
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第三段描述，可知这是一个庆祝胜利的手势，故选C。
167
The gesture "give me five" is the clapping of _______.
A.
toes
B.
hands
C.
arms
D.
legs
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第二段It means the clapping (拍) of each other's raised (举起的) right hands together.描述，可知选B。
168
The gesture started in _______ according to the story.
A.
Rome
B.
America
C.
China
D.
Britain
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据最后一段This gesture may come from the old Roman gesture of raising the right arm for the emperor(皇帝).描述，可知选A。
169
What is double "high fives"?
A.
Both kids clap their left hands.
B.
Both kids clap their right hands.
C.
Both kids do high fives several times.
D.
Both kids do high fives with both right and left hands.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据图片提示，可知此处指的是孩子们互击双手。故选D。
Is there someone you hate? Well, maybe you don't really hate them. But you get really angry every time you think of them. If you don't let this anger go, it can turn into bitterness(痛苦)。
Bitterness often appears when we can't forgive someone who has hurt us or made us angry. Someone might say or do something that hurts us. But instead of controlling the anger, we keep it deep inside. Before long, a bitter feeling begins to grow. We may think we're hurting that person by criticizing(指责) him or her often, but we're really only hurting ourselves.
Bitterness can not only lead to serious health problems such as heart disease, but also hurt our relationship with friends and family members. No one enjoys being around an anger person for very long.
If you see bitterness in your life, here are some ways to help you to deal with it.
Accept(接受) it
Instead of trying to deny your anger, make it clear to yourself and accept it. See your anger for what it is and quickly deal with it.
Stop making excuses for it
You may feel you have a right to be angry. You may think you're right and the other person is wrong. You may even secretly enjoy making the other person look bad. But in the end, bitterness hurts you much more than the other person. The bitterness will hold you back, and the other person will go on with his or her life.
Forgive(原谅) and forget it
You probably can't completely put the anger out of your mind. But you can decide to forgive the other person. Forget it and move on. You'll enjoy better health and peace of mind.
170
According to the passage, we might get angry when someone_________.
A.
holds us back
B.
forget us
C.
doesn't like us
D.
does hurt us
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第二段Bitterness often appears when we can't forgive someone who has hurt us or made us angry.及下文描述,可知选D.
171
Bitterness comes from _________.
A.
our health problems like hear disease
B.
the anger that lives deep inside our mind
C.
the person who says something that hurts us
D.
our relationship with friends and family members
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文描述,可知痛苦来自我们思想深处的怒火,故选B.
172
The underlined word "deny" in the passage means _________.
A.
误解
B.
否认
C.
疏远
D.
减轻
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系下文向自己挑明,并接受他,可知这个单词指的是否认你的愤怒,故选B.
173
The best way to deal with the bitterness is to___________.
A.
make the person who hurts you look bad
B.
hate the person who hurts us often
C.
accept that we are hurting the other person
D.
forgive the person who hurts us and forget it
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文最后一段描述,可知最好的办法是原谅伤害你的人,并忘记这件事.故选D.
174
The writer wrote this article to tell us that ______________.
A.
we should enjoy someone who hurts us
B.
we should pay more attention to our friends.
C.
the peace of mind is more important than hurt itself
D.
it's better to let bitterness go along with the other person
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
这篇短文主要描述了由怒火导致的痛苦对我们身心的危害,从而告诉我们内心的平静比伤害本身更重要.故选C.
Audrey is a Chinese-American student. She has found many value differences between Chinese and Americans.
About money
Americans would like to spend more than they have, so many of them are always in debt(欠债). Chinese usually spend less than they have, so many of them have money left in the bank.
American kids love to make money by themselves. Chinese kids always ask their parents for money.
American parents think it is not useful to send their children to an expensive university. Chinese parents would do anything to send their children to a good university and that might make them very poor sometimes.
About school
Many American girls take part in sports, dancing and singing groups while Chinese girls take part in academic groups.
Some American students think that "B" is a gift while Chinese students think that "B" is terrible.
American parents and Chinese parents
American parents allow their daughters or sons to go out to have some part-time jobs in their free time or at the weekends. Chinese parents usually don't allow their children to do so in middle or high schools.
175
What would a Chinese middle school student probably NOT do at the weekends according to the passage?
A.
Study at home
B.
Do part-time jobs
C.
Take part in sports groups
D.
Do chores
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据Chinese kids always ask their parents for money.描述，可知中国学生不可能自己做兼职工作挣钱。故选B。
176
Some Chinese people have money left in the bank because _______.
A.
they usually spend less than they have
B.
they spend more than they have
C.
they don't like spend money at all
D.
they make a lot of money
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据Chinese usually spend less than they have, so many of them have money left in the bank.描述，可知选A。
177
Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?
A.
Chinese parents usually give their kids money.
B.
American children love to make money by themselves.
C.
The reason why Chinese parents would do anything to send their children to good universities.
D.
Americans usually spend more money than they have.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文描述，可知没有提到为什么中国的家长会不计代价的要送孩子上好的大学。故选C。
178
The underlined word "academic" probably means _________ in Chinese.
A.
学术的
B.
娱乐的
C.
运动的
D.
休闲的
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
联系前文美国学生喜欢参加运动，跳舞和唱歌。可知此处指的是中国孩子喜欢参加学术小组。故选A，学术的。
179
The best title for the passage would probably be _______.
A.
Differences between Chinese and Americans.
B.
Chinese students and Americans
C.
Chinese parents and American parents.
D.
Chinese values and American values
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
这篇短文主要介绍了美国人和中国人不同的价值观念。故选D。
Bamboo (竹子) is one of nature's (自然) most surprising plants. Many people call this plant a tree, but it is a kind of grass.
Like other kinds of grass, a bamboo plant may be cut very low to the ground, but it will grow back very quickly. A Japanese scientist reported one bamboo plant which grew 1. 5 metres(4 feet) in 24 hours! Bamboo grows almost everywhere in the world except Europe. There are more than 1, 000 kinds of bamboo.
Not all bamboo looks the same. Some bamboo plants are very thin. They may only grow to be a few centimetres wide while others may grow to more than 30 centimetres (1 foot) across. This plant also comes in different colours, from yellow to black to green.
Bamboo has been used to make many things such as hats and kitchen tools( 厨房用具). Because it is strong, bamboo is also used to build buildings.
Many Asian countries have used bamboo for hundreds of years. They often use bamboo for buildings and supporting (支撑) new buildings and bridges while they are being built.
In Africa, poor farmers are taught how to find water using bamboo. These African countries need cheap way to find water because they have no money, and their fields often die from no rain and no water. Bamboo pipes( 管子) help poor farmers bring water to their thirsty fields without spending a lot of money.
180
How is bamboo like grass?
A.
It grows quickly.
B.
It's wood. `
C.
it is easy to cut.
D.
It is very thin.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据Like other kinds of grass, a bamboo plant may be cut very low to the ground, but it will grow back very quickly.描述，可知选A。
181
Though you can see bamboo everywhere, it doesn't grow ___________.
A.
in China
B.
in Europe
C.
on mountains
D.
in Africa
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据Bamboo grows almost everywhere in the world except Europe. 描述，可知选B。
182
Why is bamboo used by African poor farmers? Because ___________.
A.
it is cheap
B.
it has different colours
C.
it is strong
D.
it has been used by Asians
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据最后一段In Africa, poor farmers are taught how to find water using bamboo. These African countries need cheap way to find water because they have no money,描述，可知选A。
183
Bamboo pipes can ___________.
A.
make money
B.
be trees
C.
grow quickly
D.
carry water
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据Bamboo pipes( 管子) help poor farmers bring water to their thirsty fields 描述，可知选D。
184
In Asia, bamboo has been used for___________ .
A.
a short time
B.
many thousands of years
C.
many hundreds of years
D.
about 100 years
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据Many Asian countries have used bamboo for hundreds of years.描述，可知选C。
It's important to learn about protecting our environment. Here is a 5R rule for us:
1.Reduce
If you want to reduce waste, you should use things wisely. Millions of trees are being cut down to make paper. If everyone uses a little paper carelessly and throw it out, soon we would not have any trees left. Other things are also being wasted, and people don't know what to do with the waste in big cities. So it is necessary to reduce the waste
2.Reuse
You should always think of reusing the usable things before throwing them out. Give your clothes you do not use or the ones which are too small to the poor. With a family, you may pass on such clothes to younger brothers or sisters.
3. Recycle
Bottles, cans and paper can easily be recycled. By doing so, we save lots of time and money. For example, coke cans are sent to a factory, where they are smashed flat（压平）and melted（融化）and the melted things are made for new coke cans.
4.Recover
When you buy a box of apples, there may be a few rotten（腐烂的）apples, You have two choices: one is to throw the whole apple away, or you could cut off the rotten parts and eat the good parts. In this way, you are recovering the eatable parts of food.
5. Repair
If one of the legs of your table is broken, you can repair it instead of throwing it away. If you want to change for better ones, It is better for you to sell the old things or give them to other people who can use them after doing some repair. It is true that North America is a "throw－away" society(社会).But the time has come to change our way of life so that we can protect our environment. Every one of us should try our best.
185
_______can be recycled.
A.
Only hard things
B.
Many things
C.
Few soft things
D.
A11 things
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。从Bottles, cans and paper can easily be recycled.可知很多的东西可以循环利用，而不是所有的东西，故选B
186
The "recover' rule mainly requires us_______.
A.
to throw waste things away
B.
to cover waste things with earth
C.
to get back the useful parts
D.
to throw the whole things away
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。从文章or you could cut off the rotten parts and eat the good parts. In this way, you are recovering the eatable parts of food.可知我们应该利用好有用的那一部分，故选C
187
We can infer（推断）that the writer of this passage may live in_______.
A.
China
B.
Japan
C.
Australia
D.
America
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节推断题。从文章It is true that North America is a "throw－away" society(社会).可知作者讲到北美是一个习惯于浪费的社会，故可知作者来自美国，故选D
188
Which of the following is true?
A.
We will have no resources（资源）of nature unless we can do with the waste.
B.
Recycling is the best way to save resources.
C.
If we waste less, we can save more resources of nature
D.
More things are wasted in developed countries than in developing ones.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
判断题。从文章总体看作者并没有将这5个措施进行比较哪个最好，没有提到不处理废物的话就没有资源了，更没有将发达国家和发展中国家进行对比，故选C
When you are reading something in English, you may often meet with a new word. What's the best way to know it?
You may look it up in the English-Chinese dictionary. It will tell you a lot about the word: the pronunciation, the Chinese meaning and how to use the word. But how can you know where the word is ? How to find it in the dictionary both quickly and correctly?
First, all the English words are arranged(安排) in the letter order. In the dictionary you can first see the words beginning with letter A, then B, C, D…. That means, if there are two words "desert" and "pull", "desert" will be certainly before "pull". Then if there are two words both beginning with the same letter, you may look at the second letter. Then the third, the fourth… For example, "pardon" is before "plough", "judge" before "just", etc. Do you understand how to look up in the dictionary? The dictionary will be your good friend. I hope you'll use it as often as possible in your English study.
189
This passage is about______.
A.
new words in writing
B.
different dictionaries
C.
the best way of reading
D.
using an English-Chinese dictionary
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文描述，可知本文主要是谈论如何使用英汉词典的，故选D。
190
In the dictionary you may not find_______.
A.
how to pronounce the word
B.
the spelling of the word
C.
who used the word first
D.
how to use the word
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第二段描述，可知我们可以知道单词的发音，拼写和用法。故选C，谁首次使用这个单词。
191
In an English-Chinese dictionary, the last word______.
A.
begins with Z
B.
begins with A
C.
is a short one
D.
is not often used
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据all the English words are arranged(安排) in the letter order.结合常识，26个英文字母中最后一个是z，故选A。
192
Which group of words is in the right order in an English-Chinese dictionary?
A.
perhaps, produce, plenty
B.
straight, subject, surprise
C.
century, center, business
D.
foreign, entrance, headache
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文最后一段描述结合常识，可知只有选项B排序正确。
193
In the passage the writer tries to tell us _______.
A.
we have to use a dictionary when we read something in English
B.
an English-Chinese dictionary can tell us everything about a word
C.
how to look up a word in a dictionary.
D.
all English-Chinese dictionaries are the same
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
这篇短文作者主要讲述了使用英汉词典的方法，故选C。
We each have a memory（记忆力）. That's why we can still remember things after a long time. Some people have very good memories and they can easily learn many things by heart, but some people can only remember things when they say or do them again and again. Many of the great men of the world have got surprising memories.
A good memory is a great help in learning a language. Everybody learns his mother language when he is a small child. He hears the sounds, remembers them and then he learns to speak. Some children are living with their parents in foreign countries. They can learn two languages as easily as one because they hear, remember and speak two languages every day. In school it is not so easy to learn a foreign language because the pupils have so little time for it, and they are busy with other subjects, too.
But your memory will become better and better when you do more and more exercises.
194
Some people can easily learn many things by heart because_______.
A.
they always sleep very well
B.
they often eat good food
C.
they read a lot of books
D.
they have very good memories
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Some people have very good memories and they can easily learn many things by heart, 由于记忆力好很容易地记住许多东西，故选D。
195
Everybody learns his mother language_______.
A.
at the age of six
B.
when he is a small child
C.
after he goes to school
D.
when he can read and write
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Everybody learns his mother language when he is a small child. 大家都是在很小的时候就学自己的母语，故选B。
196
Before a child can speak, he must_______.
A.
read and write
B.
make sentences
C.
hear and remember the sounds
D.
think hard
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据He hears the sounds, remembers them and then he learns to speak.故选C。
197
In school the pupils can't learn a foreign language well because_______.
A.
they have no good memories
B.
they have no recorders
C.
they have too much time for it
D.
they are busy with other subjects
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据because the pupils have so little time for it, and they are busy with other subjects, too.因为他想学习其他的功课，故选D。
198
Your memory will become better and better_______.
A.
if you have plenty of good food
B.
if you do more and more exercises
C.
if you do morning exercises every day
D.
if you get up early
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据But your memory will become better and better when you do more and more exercises.但是你的记忆会变得更好,更当你做越来越多的练习，故选B。
I'm Bob and I'm a student of No.2 Middle School. We have many rules at our school. I think some of them are good for us, but others are not so good.
We have to wear our school uniforms. I think it's good. If we don't have this rule, some students will wear expensive clothes. They will think more about clothes, but not study. We can't be late for school and we have to listen to the teacher in class. All of these rules are good for our study and I like them.
We can't take mobile phones (手机) to school. I don't think it's a good idea. Sometimes our parents are busy and can't get home on time. They need to tell us about that. If we don't take phones, how can they tell us? Also, we can't go to the movies on weekends. I know we should study hard, but we need to relax a little, too.
199
What does Bob think of his school rules?
A.
He can't stand most of the rules
B.
He thinks the rules are strict.
C.
He thinks some of the rules are good.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，I think some of them are good for us, but others are not so good.鲍勃认为他们的学校的一些规定很好，但是其他的就不好。故选C
200
Which rule does Bob like?
A.
Listen to the teacher in class.
B.
Can't eat outside.
C.
Wear sports shoes to school.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章We can't be late for school and we have to listen to the teacher in class. All of these rules are good for our study and I like them.可知，鲍勃喜欢在课堂上听老师讲课。故选A
201
Why doesn't Bob like the rule of no mobile phone at school?
A.
Because he can't play games or listen to music on it.
B.
Because his parents can't call him when they are busy.
C.
Because he can't call his friends when he wants to see them.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Sometimes our parents are busy and can't get home on time. They need to tell us about that.可知，鲍勃不喜欢学校不允许带手机的规则，因为当他们的爸爸妈妈忙的时候不能按时回家，是要打电话告诉他们的。故选B
202
Which of the following is TRUE?
A.
Bob studies in No. 12 Middle School.
B.
Bob has to wear sports clothes at school.
C.
Bob thinks students shouldn't spend all their time on their study.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，鲍勃在第二中学读书，他们上学必须穿校服，鲍勃觉得学生不应该把所有的时间都用来学习。故选C
203
How many rules are there in this passage?
A.
Two.
B.
Three.
C.
Five.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。鲍勃的学校有五个规定：必须穿校服，不能迟到，在课堂上必须听讲，不能带手机，周末不能看电影。故选C
If you want to become a better reader, here are four important points to remember about rate or speed(速度)of reading:
First, knowing why you are reading and what you are reading to find out will often help you to know whether to read rapidly or slowly.
Second, some things should be read slowly. Examples are directions for making or doing something; arithmetic(算术)problems, science and history books. They are full of important information. You must read such things slowly to remember each important step and understand each idea.
Third, some things should be read rapidly. Examples are simple stories for enjoyment, news, letters from friends, items or bits of news from local or hometown paper, telling what is happening to friends and neighbors.
Fourth, in some of your readings, you must change your speed from fast to slow, and slow to fast, as you read. You'll need to read certain pages rapidly and then slow down and do more careful reading when you come to important ideas which should be remembered.
204
A tale about fairies(神话) should be read_________.
A.
slowly
B.
carefully
C.
rapidly
D.
to change one's speed fast to slow
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第四段some things should be read rapidly. Examples are simple stories ……描述，可知神话故事属于故事类，故应快读，选C。
205
A book about knowledge of the nature should be read _____________.
A.
either rapidly or slowly
B.
rapidly
C.
neither rapidly nor slowly
D.
slowly
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第三段some things should be read slowly. Examples are directions for making or doing something……描述，可知关于自然知识的书应该慢读，故选D。
206
__________should be read slowly.
A.
Novels
B.
Letters
C.
Some things full of important information
D.
Newspapers and magazines
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第三段some things should be read slowly. Examples are directions for making or doing something; arithmetic(算术)problems, science and history books. They are full of important information. 描述，可知选C。
207
In this passage the author advises us to ____________.
A.
read more books
B.
be better readers
C.
fit our speed to our needs
D.
change our speed of reading now and then(不时地)
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据If you want to become a better reader, 及下文描述，可知作者建议我们做一个好的读书者，故选B。
208
According to this passage, one must pay attention to _______in your reading.
A.
why you are reading
B.
what you are reading
C.
the speed of reading
D.
careful reading
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据here are four important points to remember about rate or speed(速度)of reading:及下文描述，可知本文主要谈论的是读书的速度问题，故选C。
Americans use many expressions with the word dog. People in the United States love their dogs and treat them well.
Some people say we live in a dog-eat-dog world. That means many people are competing for the same things, like good jobs. They say if a person wants to be successful he has to work like a dog. This means they have to work very, very hard. Such hard work can make people dog-tired. And, the situation would be even worse if they became sick as a dog.
Still, people say every dog has its day. This means that every person enjoys a successful period during his or her life. To be successful, people often have to learn new skills. Yet, some people say that you can never teach an old dog new tricks(手艺). They believe that older people do not like to learn new things and will not change the way they do things.
Dog expressions are also used to describe the weather. The dog days of summer are the hottest days of the year. A rain in summer may cool the weather. But we do not want it to rain too hard. We do not want it to rain cats and dogs.
209
If a person without lots of money wants to buy a car, he or she has to ______.
A.
treat the dog well
B.
live with lots of dogs
C.
work like a dog
D.
become sick as a dog
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据没有钱的人要努力工作挣钱才能买得起车,根据They say if a person wants to be successful he has to work like a dog 可知选C.
210
The saying you can never teach an old dog new tricks tells us older people ______.
A.
have more ways to do things
B.
do things more slowly
C.
dislike to learn new things
D.
know wonderful tricks
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第三段They believe that older people do not like to learn new things and will not change the way they do things.描述,可知选C.
211
Which of the following is NOT true according to this passage?
A.
Many dogs are loved and treated well by people in America.
B.
"Every dog has its day" means dogs are the most successful animal.
C.
"It rains cats and dogs" has the same meaning as "It rains heavily".
D.
There are many expressions with the word dog in English.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第三段Still, people say every dog has its day. This means that every person enjoys a successful period during his or her life描述,可知选项B描述错误.
Space travel is nothing new. The first spacecraft with a human was sent up into space in 1961. Since then, people have not only traveled to space, but also many of them have lived there in space stations for some time.
The Soviet Union(前苏联) sent the first space station into space in 1971. This space station was called Salyut 1. Salyut 1 was designed as a place where people could live while they observed space and did experiments. The first group of astronauts lived there for 23 days. The Soviet Union went on to make seven more Salyut space stations. At about the same time, the United States built its own space station, called Skylab.
Astronauts visited and often lived in these space stations for a short time. However, it wasn't until the late 1980s when The Soviet Union sent the Mir space station that people began to live in space for a longer time. Mir stayed in space from 1989 until 2001, when it was decided that the space station was too old and no longer safe to live in.
Living in space stations seems to be fun, but astronauts face many problems. One of them is food. All the meals on space station are put together on Earth and sent there by space shuttle. Because the food has to last a long time (sometimes up to three months), a lot of it has to be stored in cans. The space station does not have a fridge, but it has a cool room to keep fruit and vegetables fresh. Astronauts also eat many other foods such as dried meat that do not need special care.
Without the help of gravity, sitting down to eat can be tough. Astronauts sometimes have to fix themselves to the wall while eating. They also have to be very careful to that food does not float away.
212
Which of the following has the closest meaning to the underlined word "observed" in Paragraph 2?
A.
Discovered
B.
Checked
C.
Watched
D.
Fixed
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
联系上下文,可知此处指的是观察太空的意思,故选C,观看.
213
What can we infer(推断)from the passage?
A.
Astronauts can never have a chance to eat fresh food when they live in space station.
B.
The Soviet Union sent a total of 9 space stations into space in the 1970s and 1980s.
C.
Astronauts could live in the Mir space station for no more than three weeks.
D.
Space travel has quite a long history of more than 60 years.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第二段The Soviet Union(前苏联) sent the first space station into space in 1971.……The Soviet Union went on to make seven more Salyut space stations.描述,可知选B。
214
What is the best title of this passage?
A.
Exploring Space
B.
Space Travel
C.
Living in Space
D.
Space Stations
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
这篇短文主要描述了空间站的建设和科研人员在空间站的工作生活情况。故选D。
New rules and behavior standards(行为规范) for middle school students came out in March. Middle schools are going to use a new way to decide who the top students are. The best students won't only have high marks. They will also be kids who don't dye(染) their hair. The following are some of the new rules.
Tell the truth. Have you ever copied someone else's work on an exam? Don't do it again! That's not something an honest student should do. If you have played computer games for two hours in your room, don't tell your parents you have done homework.
Do more at school. Good students love animals and care for other people. April is Bird-loving month in China. Is your school doing anything to celebrate? You should join! In that way, you can learn more about animals and how to protect them. When more people work together, it makes it more fun for everyone.
Have you ever quarreled with your teammates when your basketball team lost? Only working together can make your team stronger. Be friendly to the people you are with. Try to think of others, not only yourself.
Be open to new ideas. Have you ever thought that people could live on the moon? Maybe you'll discover Earth Ⅱ some day. Don't look down on new ideas. Everyone's ideas are important. You should welcome them, because new ideas make life better for everyone.
Protect yourself. Has someone ever taken money from one of your classmates? Don't let it happen to you. If you have to go home late, you should let your parents know.
Use the Internet carefully. The Internet can be very useful for your studies. But some things on the Internet aren't for kids, so try to look at web pages that are good for you. You can use the web for fun or homework. Can't you find any good websites for children? Here are some: Http:// kids.eastday.com, Http://www. chinakids. net. com, http ://www. cycnet.com.
215
The new school rules will help kids by telling them ___________.
A.
how they can study well
B.
what they should do at school
C.
what is right and what is wrong
D.
how they can protect themselves
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。这篇文章讲述了学校新的行为规范，学生通过这些行为规范就可以知道什么事情可以做，什么事情不能做。故选C
216
According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?
A.
Take care of yourself when you are out.
B.
Tell the truth, even when you are wrong.
C.
Keep some animals to protect them.
D.
Use the Internet, but keep away from bad things.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。通过文章可知，当你外出时，要学会保护自己；即使你错了，也要讲实话；要保护动物，但是不是饲养他们；使用电脑的时候，要远离坏的信息。故选C
217
The main idea of the fourth paragraph is about ___________.
A.
making the team stronger
B.
helping each other
C.
being a good friend to others
D.
getting on well with others
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章第四段可知，我们要学会与他人融洽相处。故选D
218
Good websites for children can ___________.
A.
be a waste of time
B.
help them with their studies
C.
do homework for them
D.
make life easier
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章The Internet can be very useful for your studies.可知，好的网站能够帮助孩子们的学习。故选B
219
The passage tells us how to___________.
A.
be top students
B.
do more at school
C.
care for others
D.
use the Internet
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
主旨题。这篇文章提供了如何成为优等生的行为规范。故选A
Trees are useful to man（人类）in three very important ways. The first important way is that they provide man with food, wood and other products. Trees provide not only man with food, but also many animals with food. Without trees many animals could not live on the earth. It's not easy for man to live on the earth, either.
The second important way is that trees give us shade. On a hot summer day, people are eager(渴望)to have a rest under the shade of a tree after they have walked a long way. You can imagine how important the shade of a tree is to man and to animals.
The third important way is that trees help to prevent drought（干旱）and floods（洪水）. However, in many parts of the world, man has not realized the third important way. He has cut trees down in large numbers. In the end he finds that he has lost the best friends he had.
220
Trees are important to man in __________ ways.
A.
2
B.
3
C.
4
D.
5
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段Trees are useful to man（人类）in three very important ways.描述，可知选B。
221
Which sentence is true?
A.
Trees give food to both man and animals.
B.
Trees only provide animals with food.
C.
Trees give food to neither man nor animals.
D.
Trees only provide man with food
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第一段Trees provide not only man with food, but also many animals with food.描述，可知选A。
222
On a hot summer day, ________.
A.
people are eager to have a rest
B.
people usually walk a long way
C.
animals don't need shade
D.
the shade of a tree is very important to man and to animals
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文第二段描述，可知选D。
223
In many parts of the world, man has not realized that trees help to ____________
A.
give us food
B.
give us shade
C.
prevent drought and floods
D.
give us wood
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第三段The third important way is that trees help to prevent drought（干旱）and floods（洪水）. However, in many parts of the world, man has not realized the third important way.描述，可知选C。
224
In this story the underlined word "He" means __________.
A.
farmer
B.
man
C.
worker
D.
boy
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系前文man has not realized the third important way.描述，可知选B。
Childhood is a time of fun and games. Many people still remember when they were young, they often played games like hide-and-seek and chess. Playing teaches children how to get with others, and it also helps to exercise the mind and body. However, children today spend most of their time in front of the computer, playing video games.
A recent survey found that in the US. Children between 8 and 12 spend at least 13 hours a week playing video games or "gaming". Boys of this age spend even more time, almost 16 hours a week. Although some people will say that gaming is helpful, it brings many problems as well.
One big problem is that kids who spend most of their time on games might have difficulty communicating with real people. They might have trouble sharing and resolving (解决) problems because they do not practice these skills when sitting alone at a computer.
Another problem is about health. Game players usually sit for hours without doing any exercise. And they might not eat healthily. As a result, they might be out of shape.
Next, game players might have trouble with their lessons. Many of them spend more time playing games than working on their homework. In the end, they fail in the exams.
Finally, it is always possible that the gamers become addicted. Some people play four or five hours a day or even all day. This happened to a 28 - year - old Korean man. He spent about 50 hours playing an online game without sleeping or eating well. He died while gaming!
This is one example of the dangers of video gaming. It tells us that video gaming, like everything else, should not be done too much. A few hours a week should not hurt, but several hours a day just might be dangerous to your health.
225
Children of 8 to 12 in the US spend at least _________ hours a week playing video games.
A.
13
B.
16
C.
28
D.
50
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Children between 8 and 12 spend at least 13 hours a week playing video games or "gaming".可知，8到12岁的儿童一周至少花费13个小时玩电子游戏。故选A
226
How many problems about playing video games are mentioned in the passage？
A.
Two.
B.
Three.
C.
Four.
D.
Five.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。文章提到了四点玩电子游戏的会产生的问题。故选C
227
If game players spend lots of time playing games without doing their homework, they might __________.
A.
become ill
B.
lose their friends
C.
die at once
D.
get lower grades at school
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Next, game players might have trouble with their lessons. Many of them spend more time playing games than working on their homework. In the end, they fail in the exams.可知，如果孩子们花费过多的时间玩电脑游戏，不做作业，他们考试就不会得到好的成绩。故选D
228
What does the underlined word "addicted" mean in Chinese?
A.
悲伤
B.
无聊
C.
成瘾
D.
沮丧
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推断题。根据文章Finally, it is always possible that the gamers become addicted.可知，游戏玩家很可能会变得上瘾。Addicted的意思是成瘾。故选C
229
What does the writer want to tell us by writing this passage?
A.
Video gaming has quite a lot of advantages.
B.
Video gaming might be a dangerous thing.
C.
Childhood is a time of fun and games.
D.
Children should learn how to get along with others.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
主旨题。根据文章可知，电子游戏是一件非常危险的事情，我们应该少玩。故选B
Hi, my name is Wang Jun. Do you want to know about my staying in America? Well, to tell you the truth, it is really an eye-opening experience here.
In China, I had English classes five times a week since Grade Five. But I didn't know textbook English could be so different from everyday English until I came to Hotchkiss School, Connecticut. When I first studied English, I was told to say "I'm fine." when people say "How are you?" But in the USA, I found that people say "I'm good." or "I'm tired."
One day, someone greeted （问候） me with "What's up?" It made me confused. I thought for a moment and then smiled because I didn't know what to say.
Since then, I have learnt more and more differences between Chinese and American cultures. To my surprise, American girls spend a lot of time in the burning sun getting a tan (晒黑的肤色). In China, girls try every possible way to keep their skin white.
American students are hard-working like Chinese students. In China, schoolwork is almost everything, so we study hard and that's it. But here, a "good" student not only gets good grades, but also does a lot for the public. That is to say, they get lots of knowledge at school and learn many life skills from social （社会的） work.
230
In China, Wang Jun had _______ English classes every week.
A.
five
B.
four
C.
three
D.
two
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据In China, I had English classes five times a week since Grade Five.可知选A。
231
Wang Jun found that _______ when he came to Hotchkiss School in the US
A.
it was really important to learn English well
B.
English he learnt in China was helpful to him
C.
American students were more hard-working than Chinese students
D.
textbook English was different from everyday English
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第二段But I didn't know textbook English could be so different from everyday English until I came to Hotchkiss School, Connecticut. 描述，可知选D。
232
What does the underlined word "confused" mean in Chinese?
A.
困惑的
B.
滑稽的
C.
紧张的
D.
伤心的
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据下文I thought for a moment and then smiled because I didn't know what to say. 可知此处指的是这让我很困惑，故选A。
233
American girls make Wang Jun feel surprised because _______.
A.
they work hard at school
B.
they try to keep their skin white
C.
they hope to get a tan
D.
they do lots of social work
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第三段To my surprise, American girls spend a lot of time in the burning sun getting a tan (晒黑的肤色).描述，可知选C。
234
Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
A.
My wonderful travel in the USA
B.
After-school activities in American schools
C.
What American students learn at school
D.
My study experience in the USA
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
通过阅读短文可知，作者在文中主要介绍了自己在美国的学习经历，故选D，我在美国的学习经历。
Many children use the Internet to get useful knowledge and information, and to relax in their free time. But some of them are not using in a good way. Here are some rules to make sure you are safe and have fun on the Internet.
Make rules for Internet use with your parents. For example, when you can go online, for how long and what activities you can go online.
Don't give your password (密码) to anyone else, and never leak out the following information---your real name, home address, age, school, phone number or other personal information.
Check with your parents before giving out a credit (信用) card number.
Never send a photo of yourself to someone in e-mail unless your parents say it's OK.
Check with your parents before going into a chat room. Different chat rooms have different rules and attract different kinds of people. You and your parents must make sure it's a right place for you.
Never agree to meet someone you met on the Internet without your parent's permission (允许). Never meet anyone you met on line alone. Always remember that people online may not be who they say they are. Treat everyone online as strangers.
If something you see or read online makes you uncomfortable, leave the site. Tell a parent or teacher right away.。Treat other people as you'd like to be treated. Never use bad language.
Remember—not everything you read on the Internet is true.
235
If you want a true friend on the Internet , you can ____________ .
A.
tell the people what your name is .
B.
meet the people on line alone.
C.
write an e-mail about yourself .
D.
get your parent's permission.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文描述,可知如果要交一个真正的网友,需要得到父母的同意,故选D.
236
It's good for children to ________ on the Internet.
A.
give password to others
B.
get useful knowledge and information
C.
give out a credit card number
D.
go into a chat room as they'd like to
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据Many children use the Internet to get useful knowledge and information,及下文描述,可知作者认为孩子们上网获取有益信息是有好处的.故选B.
237
The underlined phrase "leak out" in the second paragraph may mean "________."
A.
赠送
B.
泄露
C.
拿走
D.
出示
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系下文the following information,可知此处指的是泄露信息的意思,故选B.
238
If your parents don't agree, never ________.
A.
read anything on the Internet
B.
relax in your free time
C.
have a face-to face meeting with anyone you met online
D.
treat other people as you'd like to be treated
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据Never agree to meet someone you met on the Internet without your parent's permission.描述,可知选C.
239
This passage is mainly about "________".
A.
How to use Computers
B.
Surfing on the Internet
C.
Information on the Internet
D.
Internet Safety Rules
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
这篇短文主要针对青少年上网问题,向他们提出了几点需要注意的上网安全规则.故选D,网络安全守则.
Sleep is like food for the brain. Enough sleep helps the body and brain grow and develop. However, many Chinese do not sleep well, and many do not pay enough attention to sleep.
The Chinese Medical Doctor Association released the 2013 China Sleep Quality Index (指数) on March 19 to mark World Sleep Day – March 21.
According to the index, nearly a quarter of Chinese people don't sleep well. Half said that they feel tired after getting up and 15 percent people have trouble falling asleep.
Ye Jingying, a sleep expert at Beijing Tongren Hospital, says: "If people often wake up during the night, or always feel weak and tired in the day, they should pay attention to their sleep pattern (模式)."
Many people play with their cell phones or iPads before sleeping. The report said that this is one of the main reasons for bad sleep. Other reasons include stress and bad moods.
How to sleep well? Above all, get enough sleep. Seven to nine hours of sleep every night is perfect for an adult, and eight to nine hours is best for a teenager.
Forming good sleep habits is important. The report suggested that people need to keep away from digital devices (数码产品) for at least an hour before sleep. The lights keep their brains excited for a long while. Other suggestions include: try to go to sleep and wake up at the same time every day, even on weekends and during holidays, and do the same relaxing things before bed each night, like listening to soft music.
240
From Paragraph 1, which of the following is NOT true?
A.
The longer you sleep, the better.
B.
Many Chinese people don't sleep well.
C.
Many Chinese people don't care about sleep.
D.
Sleep is very important for our body and brain.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据Sleep is like food for the brain.描述，可知睡眠过多也不是好事，故选A。
241
Which of the following means that you sleep well?
A.
You feel tired after getting up.
B.
You can fall asleep within 20 minutes.
C.
You wake up several times during the night.
D.
You often do something boring until you feel sleepy.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文描述，可知选项ACD都是睡眠不好的表现，根据"If people often wake up during the night,可知选B，你能在20分钟内容入睡。
242
From the article, which of the following may NOT cause sleeping problems?
A.
Reading a book late at night.
B.
Having sad or angry feelings.
C.
Playing with digital devices before sleeping.
D.
Being under strong stress about their life or work.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据短文最后一段描述，可知选项BCD都是引起睡眠问题的主因，故选A，晚上读书到很晚。
243
Which of the following helps teenagers sleep well?
A.
They should do different things before sleeping.
B.
They should sleep for more than nine hours a day.
C.
They should not use any digital devices during the daytime.
D.
They'd better go to sleep and get up at the same time every day.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据最后一段Other suggestions include: try to go to sleep and wake up at the same time every day, even on weekends and during holidays,描述，可知选D。
For thousands of years, people have used plants to make medicines. They used different parts of the plants —the roots, the leaves, the flowers, and the bark (树皮). Today, doctors have rediscovered more medicinal (药用) values of some plants. Let's look at some examples.
Foxglove is a common plant. People have used it to make the heart slow down. Recently scientists have developed another drug from it. This new drug helps prevent other heart problems.
In some areas, malaria has been a problem. Scientists have learned that the bark of a South American tree, the cinchona, can be made into a drug to prevent malaria. For a long time, the Chinese have known that a special plant, wormwood, can also fight malaria. Scientists have been working with it to develop new drugs against malaria.
In Germany, some scientists studied garlic (大蒜) for four years. They found that it helps prevent the build-up of plaque (血小板) because too much plaque is bad for health. This very common plant continues to be studied.
As we know, there are about 250,000 kinds of flowering plants in the world. Scientists have only studied little more than one percent of plants for their medicinal value. Maybe medicines for AIDS and cancer will be made from the other 99 percent.
244
What can foxglove be used for?
A.
Studying plants.
B.
Building up the plaque.
C.
Treating AIDS and cancer.
D.
Preventing heart problems.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文第二段描述可知,毛地黄主要用来防治心脏病,故选D.
245
What does the underlined word "malaria" in Paragraph 3 refer to (指的是)?
A.
A drug.
B.
A plant.
C.
An illness.
D.
An animal.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
联系下文the cinchona, can be made into a drug to prevent malaria. 可知这是一种疾病,故选C.
246
How many plants are mentioned in the passage?
A.
3.
B.
4.
C.
5.
D.
6
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文描述,可知主要提到四种植物,毛地黄,金鸡纳,艾草和大蒜.故选B.
247
Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
A.
Past and future
B.
Plants and medicine
C.
Health and illness
D.
Scientists and doctors
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
这篇短文主要讲述了一些草药知识,故选B,植物和医药.
If you want to find out a piece of information about anything, the best place to search for it is Wikipedia. This online encyclopedia(百科全书) is written by thousands of people around the world. Anyone can add or change the information if he or she finds it not correct or not well written. In this way, people who know a lot about a certain subject can write about it even if they are not university professors.
What is more, Wikipedia includes articles written in about 235 languages. This fact makes it one of the few websites on the Internet that are truly international. It was started in 2001 by Larry Sanger and Jimmy Wales, as a free online English-language encyclopedia project. By April 2008 over 10 million articles had been put on Wikipedia. A quarter of the articles in English. Wikipedia is also a place where people can find the latest news.
However, Wikipedia has its own problems. There have been many complaints that some of the information on Wikipedia is not accurate and some important subjects are not included. This has led to arguments between the writers of articles. The people running Wikipedia say that the accuracy of the information is improving and that it is one of the top 20 visited websites on the Internet.
So, if you are looking for some information, why not try Wikipedia?
248
Wikipedia is ___________.
A.
a computer game
B.
an online magazine
C.
a free university
D.
a website encyclopedia
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
联系下文This online encyclopedia(百科全书) is written by thousands of people around the world. 描述，可知选D。
249
People who write on Wikipedia__________.
A.
know much about a certain subject
B.
likes writing different stories
C.
can't be university professors
D.
are usually famous scientists
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第一段In this way, people who know a lot about a certain subject can write about it even if they are not university professors.描述，可知选A。
250
The underlined word "accurate" means __________.
A.
错误的
B.
准确的
C.
有条理的
D.
逻辑的
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系上下文描述，可知此处指的是这个网站的一些信息不准确，故选B。
251
Which is TRUE according to the passage?
A.
Wikipedia includes articles written in about 253 languages.
B.
People can find information about different subjects on Wikipedia.
C.
Wikipedia is the only truly international website on the Internet.
D.
Half of the articles on Wikipedia are written in English.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段If you want to find out a piece of information about anything, the best place to search for it is Wikipedia.描述，可知人们能在维基百科查找到各种不同学科的信息。故选B。
Pollution means adding dirty or harmful things to land, air, water and so on. As a result, they are no longer pleasant or safe to use. Pollution is bad for animals and plants, and it even makes people's health in danger. In our daily life, we can see different kinds of pollution in many places. There are three main forms of pollution: land pollution, air pollution and water pollution.
Land pollution is caused by solid waste, such as cans, bottles and some plastic things which aren't broken down quickly. It makes the environment look very bad. However, air pollution is more serious than land pollution. It is much worse in cities and towns because of the fumes(废气) from traffic and the waste from human activities. When people drive their cars, fumes which are most made up of CO2, NO2 and SO2 are given off. After the gases get into the air, they may mix with clouds. Then they will become some harmful chemicals (化合物) falling on the ground with rain. It is one of the reasons for soil erosion (土壤侵蚀) which is one example of water pollution.
Various kinds of pollution will cause many health problems. People have realized they must change this serious situation. There are many ways to control pollution. To develop alternative energy is very popular in many countries. China, for example, has made up its mind to be a leader in this field. It is trying hard to make full use of energy from the sun and wind. It has paid plenty of money to make electric cars and trains instead of traditional traffic. We should also take action to make our environment cleaner every day. Take cloth bags while going shopping and drive cars less. We have only one earth. We must take steps now to help protect our environment for the future wherever we are.
252
How many main forms of pollution are mentioned in the passage?
A.
Two.
B.
Three.
C.
Four.
D.
Five.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段There are three main forms of pollution: land pollution, air pollution and water pollution.描述，可知选B。
253
Why is air pollution much worse in cities and towns?
A.
Because of the cans and bottles that people throw away.
B.
Because of the plastic things which aren't broken down quickly.
C.
Because of the fumes made up of SO2, CO2 and O2.
D.
Because of the waste from human activities and the fumes from traffic.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第二段However, air pollution is more serious than land pollution. It is much worse in cities and towns because of the fumes(废气) from traffic and the waste from human activities. 描述，可知选D。
254
Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A.
Pollution hardly does harm to humans.
B.
China doesn't want to develop alternative energy.
C.
Air pollution will cause soil erosion and water pollution.
D.
Land pollution is only caused by solid waste.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第二段However, air pollution is more serious than land pollution. …… is one of the reasons for soil erosion (土壤侵蚀) which is one example of water pollution.描述，可知选C。
255
To make our environment cleaner, we shouldn't __________.
A.
use cloth bags while shopping
B.
ride a bike to school
C.
drive a car out every day
D.
go to work on foot
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据最后一段We should also take action to make our environment cleaner every day. Take cloth bags while going shopping and drive cars less. 描述，可知选C。
256
The main idea of this passage is _________.
A.
to introduce different forms of pollution and ways to control it
B.
to introduce the harmful chemicals and the solid waste
C.
to introduce the alternative energy and the ways to use it
D.
to introduce the electric cars and traditional traffic
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
这篇短文主要介绍了造成环境污染的三种形式及保护环境的一些措施。故选A。
How do you remember the way to your house? Where do dreams come from? It is your brain (大脑) that does these things. A British scientist showed that "sleep can improve one's memory." It's not a dream for students to study when they sleep. In fact, your brain is working day and night. If you learn words before bed, a certain part of the brain may help you to remember the words while you sleep. What's more, another scientist in the USA found that there was a "talent button (天才按钮)" in the human brain. It might make a person more talented.
There are more interesting things about the brain. Your brain uses less energy than a fridge light. Just two bananas can give the brain enough energy to work for a whole day. According to some scientists, yawning (打哈欠) keeps our brains "cool", which makes us think quicker.
Here are some pieces of advice to keep a good brain:
Eat healthy food.
Get a lot of playtime or exercise.
Don't drink or smoke.
Use your brain a lot.
257
A British scientist found out that ________ could improve our memories.
A.
drink
B.
dreams
C.
sleep
D.
bananas
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据A British scientist showed that "sleep can improve one's memory."描述，可知选C。
258
According to the passage, if we want to have a good brain, we should ________.
A.
use our brains more
B.
sleep fewer hours
C.
work longer hours
D.
remember fewer things
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据建议中最后一条描述，可知选A。
259
Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A.
Our brains only work in the daytime.
B.
Our brains need much energy every day.
C.
Smoking can keep our brains healthy.
D.
Getting exercise is good for our brains.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据建议中第二条描述，可知选D。
When we talk about intelligence(智力)，we do not mean the ability to get good scores on certain kinds of tests or even the ability to do well in school.By intelligence we mean a way of living and behaving(表现)，especially in a new situation.If we want to test intelligence，we need to find out how a person acts instead of how much he knows what to do.
For example，when in a new situation，an intelligent person thinks about the situation，not about himself or what might happen to him.He tries to find out all can be，and then he acts immediately and tries to do something about it.Probably he isn't sure how it will all work out，but at least he tries.And if he cannot make things work out right，he doesn't feel ashamed(羞愧)that he failed，he just tries to learn from his mistakes.An intelligent person，even if he is very young，has a special outlook(看法)on life，a special feeling about life，and how he fits into it.
If you look at children，you'll see the great differences between what we call "bright" children and "non-bright" children.They are actually two different kinds of people，not just the same kind with different amount of intelligence.For example，the bright child really wants to find out about life, and he tries to get in touch with everything around him; while the unintelligent(不聪明的) child keeps more to himself and his own dream-world：he seems to have a wall between him and life in general.
260
According to this passage，intelligence is the ability to_________.
A.
get some high scores on some tests
B.
do well in school
C.
deal with life
D.
have a lot of book knowledge
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
由本文中的第一段 "By intelligence we mean a way of living and behaving…t to do." 可知答案C是正确的，所以本题选C。
261
In a new situation，an intelligent person________.
A.
knows more about what might happen to him
B.
is sure of the result he will get
C.
cares more about himself
D.
keeps his mind on what to do about the situation
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
由本文中的第二段的第一、二句的when in a new situation，an intelligent person thinks about the situation，not about himself or what might happen to him，可知答案D是对的，所以本题选D。
262
If an intelligent person failed，he would_______.
A.
try not to feel ashamed
B.
learn from his mistakes
C.
try to find all he could
D.
make sure what result he would get
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
由本文中的第二段的第四句And, if he can't make things work out right, he doesn't feel ashamed that he failed; he just tries to learn from his mistakes.，可知B是对的。learn from his mistakes等于 learn from his experiences。所以本题选B。
263
Bright children and non-bright children________.
A.
are two different types of children
B.
are different mainly in their degree of cleverness
C.
have differences only in their way of thinking
D.
have different knowledge about the world
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
由本文中的第三段的第二句hey are actually two different kinds of people, not just the same kind with different amount of intelligence. 可知A是对的. two different kinds of people等于two different types of children。所以本题选A。
Most children like watching TV. It' s very interesting. By watching TV they can see and learn a lot and know many things about their country and the world. Of course, they can also learn over the radio. But they can learn better and more easily with TV. Why？ Because they can hear and watch at the same time. But they can' t see anything over the radio.
TV helps to open children' s eyes. TV helps to open their minds (智力), too. They learn newer and better ways of doing things. They may find the world is now smaller than before.
Many children watch TV only on Saturday or Sunday evening. They are always busy with their lessons. But a few children watch TV every night. They go to bed very late. They can' t have a good rest. How about you, my young friend？
264
A few children go to bed late because they _________。
A.
are busy with their lessons
B.
do their homework
C.
watch TV
D.
listen to the radio
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据最后一段But a few children watch TV every night. They go to bed very late. 描述，可知选C。
265
Children can't see anything_________。
A.
in the book
B.
on the radio
C.
on TV
D.
by watching TV
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段But they can' t see anything over the radio. 描述，可知选B。
266
TV helps to open children' s _________。
A.
eyes and minds
B.
minds
C.
eyes or minds
D.
eyes
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第二段TV helps to open children' s eyes. TV helps to open their minds (智力), too.描述，可知选A。
267
_________children watch TV only on Saturday or Sunday evening.
A.
A lot
B.
Much
C.
A lot of
D.
A little
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据最后一段Many children watch TV only on Saturday or Sunday evening.描述，可知选C。
268
Children can study better and more easily with TV because_________.
A.
they like to watch TV
B.
they can hear at the same time
C.
they can watch at the same time
D.
they can listen to and see something at the same time
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第一段But they can learn better and more easily with TV. Why？ Because they can hear and watch at the same time.描述，可知选D。考点：关于孩子看电视的议论文阅读
SPACE is a lonely place. Hundreds of thousands of kilometers from home, astronauts have a hard life. It stands to reason that, once in a while, they need to have a good cry. But this is a lot harder than it sounds.
We still know very little about space, and about living in zero gravity. In fact, we are discovering new things every time astronauts take to the skies (and beyond). As The Atlantic reported in January, crying is not all that simple in space. This is because when a person normally cries, gravity makes their tears move downwards. But in a spacecraft, this is not the case. Here, there is no gravity, which is why we so often see pictures of astronauts floating around. This means that, strangely, when you cry your tears have nowhere to go. As a result, they just stick to your eyes.
In May 2011, astronaut Andrew Feustel experienced this. "Tears," as he said, "don't fall off your eye… they just kind of stay there. " This can be quite painful. In space, your eyes get very dry, and the added moisture is irritating (气人的). Sometimes, things get even weirder(更怪异的). The astronaut Ron Parise told The Atlantic that when tears get big enough, they "break free of the eye and float around".
No one can be quite sure why we cry. Why should water in our eyes have anything to do with feeling sad? If you stop to think about it, crying is a very strange thing indeed. And now, thanks to the wonders of space, it just got even stranger.
269
The first paragraph mainly wants to tell us that ________.
A.
living in space is lonely
B.
it's easy to feel sad in space
C.
it's hard to cry in space
D.
nobody wants to live in space
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第一段SPACE is a lonely place.及本段描述,可知选A.
270
If astronauts cry in spacecraft, their tears will ________.
A.
move downwards
B.
move upwards
C.
go out of the window
D.
stick to their eyes
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第二段This means that, strangely, when you cry your tears have nowhere to go. As a result, they just stick to your eyes.描述,可知选D.
271
Astronauts feel __________ if tears are always in their eyes.
A.
sad
B.
comfortable
C.
happy
D.
uncomfortable
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文倒数第二段This can be quite painful.描述,可知选D,不舒服的.
272
What can we learn from the passage?
A.
In space our eyes are very wet.
B.
Tears will float around if they are big enough in space.
C.
People know everything about living in zero gravity.
D.
Gravity makes people's tears move upwards in space.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据倒数第二段The astronaut Ron Parise told The Atlantic that when tears get big enough, they "break free of the eye and float around"描述,可知选B.
In some science fiction movies, evil robots refuse to die, no matter how hard people fight back.
Now science fiction has become science fact. For the first time, scientists have made a robot that can take a beating(挨打) and keep on going. Scientists from Cornell University made the robot, which looks like a spider with four legs.
Until now, even the most advanced(先进的) robot was almost certain to break down when it was damaged(毁坏). That is because its computer inside simply doesn't know how to make the machine work after its shape has changed.
To deal with this problem, the scientists put eight motors(发动机) and two sensors(传感器) that read how the machine is working. They all give signals to the machine's software. Using this information, the computer can then figure out the machine's shape at any moment.
The new technology is a big advance in robot-making, scientists say, and it's far from scary. It may someday help scientists create better artificial(假的) arms and legs and give new freedom to people who lose them. It might also help scientists understand how people and animals figure out their own sense of place in space.
"It has been difficult to design robots that can work well when the environment changes or when it's damaged," says Olaf Sporns of Indiana University in US. "With this work, we are nearer to solving this problem."
273
Why do robots easily break down when they are damaged?
A.
They cannot repair themselves.
B.
The computer has changed a lot.
C.
They have no computers inside.
D.
The computer cannot work if the robot changes
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文第三段描述，可知选D。
274
The new technology allows the robot to _____________.
A.
do housework for humans
B.
keep working after being damaged
C.
remember a lot of information
D.
tell people where it is
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文倒数第二段描述，可知新技术能是机器人在毁坏后还能继续工作，故选B。
275
The underline word "them" in Paragraph 5 refers to _____________.
A.
sensors
B.
robots
C.
arms and legs
D.
scientists
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
联系前文It may someday help scientists create better artificial(假的) arms and legs 描述，可知此处指的是机器人的手脚，故选C。
276
How do the sensors in the robot work?
A.
They can replace the computer when it's broken.
B.
They can find out where the damage comes from.
C.
They help the computer learn the robot's condition.
D.
They can send signals to the person who uses the robot.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文倒数第二段It might also help scientists understand how people and animals figure out their own sense of place in space.描述，可知选C。
Do you feel lonely when your best friend isn't around? Here's our advice to you-- and to all kids who feel lonely sometimes.
It' s hard when a best friend isn't around—maybe because he or she moved to a different school or a different class. You may feel left out at break or lunchtime. You want to have new friends, but how do you make them? Maybe it seems like everybody else already has his or her friends. But remember, there's always room for more friends.
Start by looking around your classroom—think about which kids you'd like to play with at break. Look for chances to say hi to them, smile, and be friendly. Offer to share something or express your appreciation (欣赏) to them. Invite someone to play with you or say "Do you want to sit here?" in the lunchroom. When you're at break, walk over to kids you want to play with, act friendly, and say "Hi, can I play, too?" or just join in.
If you have trouble doing this or if you're feeling shy, ask your teacher to help you make new friends. Teachers are usually pretty good at matching up friends. The best way to make friends is to be a friend. Be kind, be friendly, share, say nice things, offer to help—and pretty soon, you'll have one, or two, or even more new friends.
You might still miss that special best friend. But when you see each other, you can share something you didn't have before he or she left: You can introduce him or her to your new friends!
277
Which of the following can explain the expression "feel left out"?
A.
Feel homesick.
B.
Feel lonely.
C.
Leave home alone.
D.
Be hungry.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系上下文描述,可知此处指的是感到孤独的含义,故选B.
278
According to the writer, some kids feel lonely at break because they _____________.
A.
have trouble with their studies
B.
don't have their best friends around
C.
need their parents to be with them
D.
are too young to look after themselves
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系前文because he or she moved to a different school or a different class.描述,可知选B.
279
The underline word "this" in Paragraph 4 means _____________.
A.
sharing your ideas
B.
talking in front of many people
C.
studying better at school
D.
developing new friendship
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
联系第三段及下文ask your teacher to help you make new friends.描述,可知此处指的是交朋友的意思,故选D,发展新的友谊.
280
Some kids need help from teachers to make friends because ___________.
A.
they miss their old friends a lot
B.
they have no time to stay with others
C.
teachers know who wants a new friend
D.
they are shy or not good at making friends
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第四段If you have trouble doing this or if you're feeling shy, ask your teacher to help you make new friends. 描述,可知选D.
Spring is an inviting season for outdoor activities. But be careful—the warm weather is also a hotbed for viruses(病毒) and disease.
This March, the influenza(流行性感冒) A(H7N9) virus hit Shanghai, Anhui, Jiangsu and Zhejiang. It was reported that by April 11 at least 35 people had been infected (被感染的) with the H7N9 virus, and nine of them had died.
The influenza A (H7N9) virus is one type of influenza A H7 viruses. Influenza A H7 viruses normally spread among birds.
This is the first time human infections with H7N9 viruses have been reported in China. Earlier reports were about H5N1 and H1N1.
All the three viruses are influenza A viruses but they are not the same. H7N9 and H5N1 are animal influenza viruses that could infect people. However, H1N1 viruses can be divided into two groups. One group can normally infect people and the other normally infects animals. Also, H1N1 can spread from human to human, but H7N9 probably can't, according to the World Health Organization (WHO).
Most people infected with H7N9 looked like they had the common flu. Some people had bad pneumonia(肺炎). They suffered from a fever, a cough and shortness of breath.
But don't be afraid – it is not easy to be infected with the virus. One of the possible reasons is close contact with sick poultry (家禽) waste. People may also be infected through breath, according to National Health and Family Planning Commission.
Here are some tips from the WHO that can protect you from being infected.
Wash your hands with soap and running water before you eat, after you use the toilet, and after touching animals or animal waste.
When coughing or sneezing cover your mouth and nose with a mask(口罩)，tissue(纸巾) or a sleeve.
Get a good rest and do exercises, which will help make your body strong enough to stand up to the virus.
281
What's the name of the influenza virus that hit Shanghai, Anhui, Jiangsu and Zhejiang this March?
A.
It is the H7N9 virus.
B.
It is the H5N1 virus.
C.
It is the H1N1 virus.
D.
It is A H7 virus.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第二段This March, the influenza(流行性感冒) A(H7N9) virus hit Shanghai, Anhui, Jiangsu and Zhejiang.描述,可知选A.
282
How many people had died by April 11according to the report?
A.
About 35.
B.
About 9.
C.
About 44.
D.
Nobody had died.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第二段and nine of them had died.描述,可知选B.
283
What's the Chinese meaning for "stand up to" in the last paragraph?
A.
起立
B.
站着
C.
抵抗
D.
向上
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
联系前文make your body strong enough 可知此处指的是让你的身体足够强壮来抵抗这些病毒.故选C.
284
Which is NOT true about protecting us from being infected by animal influenza viruses?
A.
Wash our hands with soap and running water before we eat, after we use the toilet, and after touching animals or animal waste.
B.
When we cough or sneeze we should cover our mouths and noses with a mask，tissue or a sleeve.
C.
We should get a good rest and do exercises to make our bodies strong enough.
D.
We should try to eat much and sleep much as possible as we can.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文后三段描述,可知选项ABC都属于正确的措施.我们除了休息好以外,还要多参加锻炼.故选项D.描述错误.
Even if you are naturally shy, these three tricks will help you to quickly build a new social circle in any new city.
1. Take pictures
One of the great things about taking pictures at an event or a party is that it gives you an excuse to get in touch with the person later. Everybody loves seeing pictures of themselves, and it's very easy after taking a picture to say "If you'd like I can email it to you". This can be the seed that leads to new connections.
2. Eat alone in public
You might feel self-conscious eating by yourself but it has an important benefit: you are much easier to approach(接近) when you are alone. People may be afraid of disturbing you or being rude if you talk with someone else. Bring a book or newspaper to read. Plus, having an interesting book with you will give others an excuse tostart a conversation if they've read it.
3. Join a class, sports team, or club
Yoga, salsa dancing, volleyball, Toastmasters (a public speaking club), a class for work, etc. Choose a new hobby or continue an old one!
These are all great places to meet new people, primarily because you will be made to see the same people over and over again in the class. You will automatically make friends with them if you have a common interest and are made to see each other again.
285
How many tricks are mentioned in the passage?
A.
Three.
B.
Four.
C.
Five.
D.
Six.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据Even if you are naturally shy, these three tricks 及下文描述，可知本文提到三个交友的小窍门，故选A。
286
________ will give you an excuse to make friends with the person.
A.
Taking photos
B.
Eating alone in public
C.
Joining a class
D.
Reading an interesting book
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据One of the great things about taking pictures at an event or a party is that it gives you an excuse to get in touch with the person later.描述，可知此处指的是照相。故选A。
287
The writer wants to tell you ______________.
A.
how to make as many friends as you can
B.
how to make friends in a new city quickly
C.
how to build a social circle
D.
how to start a conversation with others
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段及下文描述，可知这篇短文主要讲述的就是在新的城市里如何快速的建立自己的社会圈子。故选B，如何在新城市快速的交到朋友。
American black bears appear in a variety of colors despite(尽管) their name. In the eastern part, most of these bears have shiny black fur, but in the west they grow brown, red, or even yellow coats. To the north, the black bear is actually gray or white in color. Even in the same litter(胎), both brown and black furred bears may be born.
Black bears are the smallest of all American bears, ranging in length from five to six feet, weighing from three hundred to five hundred pounds. Their eyes and ears are small and their eyesight and hearing are not as good as their sense of smell. Like all bears, the black bear is timid and rarely dangerous, but if attacked, most can climb trees or cover ground at great speed. When angry or frightened, they are formidable(可怕的) enemies.
Black bears feed on leaves, roots, fruit, insects, fish, and even larger animals. One of the most interesting characteristics of bears, including the black bear, is their winter sleep. Unlike squirrels and many other woodland animals, bears do not actually sleep through the winter months. Although the bear does not eat during the winter months, sustaining(维持) itself from body fat, its temperature remains almost normal, and it breathes regularly four or five times per minute.
Most black bears live alone, except during the mating(交配) season. They prefer to live in caves. Baby black bears are born in January or February after a gestation(怀孕) period of six to nine months, and they stay with their mother until they are fully grown or about one and a half years old. Black bears can live as long as thirty years in the wild, and even longer in some nature reserves.
288
American black bears may have ___________ colours according to the passage.
A.
four
B.
five
C.
six
D.
seven
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第一段描述，可知美国熊可能有六种颜色，故选C。
289
Black bears have a good sense of _________.
A.
hearing
B.
smell
C.
eyesight
D.
taste
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第二段are not as good as their sense of smell.描述，可知此处指的是他们的嗅觉很好，故选B。
290
Which of the following statements is RIGHT?
A.
Black bears sleep through the winter months.
B.
Black bears can live up to 30 years old.
C.
Black bears are the smallest bears in the world.
D.
Most black bears live in a group.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据最后一段Black bears can live as long as thirty years in the wild, 描述，可知选B。
291
What does the underlined word "enemies" refer to?
A.
Black bears' enemies.
B.
Black bears.
C.
Other large animals.
D.
American bears.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系前文描述，可知这些敌人指的是美国黑熊。故选B。
292
We cannot read the passage ___________.
A.
in a newspaper
B.
on the Internet
C.
in a book
D.
in an advertisement
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
这是一篇关于美国黑熊的文章，故有可能出自报纸，网络或者书籍。一般不会出现在广告当中，故选D。
"Sesame Street" has been called "the longest street in the world". That is because the television program by that name can now be seen in many parts of the world. That program became one of American exports soon after it went on the air in New York in 1969.
In the United States more than six million children watch the program regularly. The viewers include more than half the country's pre-school children, from every kind of economic, racial (种族的), and geographical group.
Although some educators object (反对) to some parts of the program, parents praise (赞扬) it highly. Many teachers also consider it a great help, though some teachers find that problems come out when first graders who have learnt from "Sesame Street" are in the same class with children who have not watched the program.
Tests have shown that children from all racial, geographical, and economic backgrounds have benefited (受益) from watching it. Those who watch it five times a week learn more than occasional (偶尔的) viewers. In the US the program is shown at different hours during the week in order to increase the number of children who can watch it regularly.
The programs all use songs, stories, jokes and pictures to give children a basic understanding of numbers, letters and human relationships. But there are some differences. For example, the Spanish program, produced in Mexico City, devotes more time to teaching whole words than to teaching separate (单独的) letters.
Why has "Sesame Street" been so much more successful than other children's shows? Many reasons have been suggested. People mention the educational theories (理论) of its creators, the support by the government and private businesses, and the skillful use of various TV tricks. Perhaps an equally important reason is that mothers watch it along with their children. This is partly because famous adult stars often appear on it. But the best reason for the success of the program may be that it makes every child watching it feel able to learn. The child finds himself learning, and he wants to learn more.
293
Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A.
It is shown at different hours during the week.
B.
Famous adult stars often appear on it.
C.
This program has been on for less than forty years.
D.
Children learn and enjoy themselves while watching it.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"That program became one of American exports soon after it went on the air in New York in 1969."理解可知。芝麻街开始于1969年，到现在已经四十多年了故C是错误的。
294
Why is "Sesame Street" so popular in the world?
A.
Because it is supported by the government and businesses.
B.
Because it uses different kinds of skillful tricks.
C.
Because mothers watch it along with their children.
D.
Because it makes every child watching it feel able to learn.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"But the best reason for the success of the program may be that it makes every child watching it feel able to learn. The child finds himself learning, and he wants to learn more."理解可知。芝麻街之所以这么成功就是因为它使每一个孩子，看着感觉能够学习，并且愿意学习。
295
The best title for this passage can be _________.
A.
Sesame Street
B.
Educating Children
C.
TV Programs
D.
A Great Success
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
标题理解题，根据文中语句理解可知，本文主要 介绍了芝麻街的相关的情况，故选A。
We use passwords(密码)to keep our personal information secret and safe, but some passwords we use may not be as reliable as we think.
Splash Data, a computer security company, recently released a list of the 25 worst passwords of 2011.This list is based on the research of hackers' files containing stolen passwords. According to the list, "password" is the worst and most common password. Many others on the list are numbers in order either forward (for example,1234) or backward. Letters on the keyboard in order, such as "qwerty" are also common, as well as some first names and animals. "Hackers can easily break into many accounts(账户) just by trying common passwords again and again, " said Morgan Slain, CEO of Splash Data.
How can you make a strong password? It should be eight characters or more, with a mix of letters, numbers and symbols. One way to create a long and easy-to-remember password is to separate short words with spaces or numbers. Having safe passwords is necessary for surfing the Internet safely. But it's not the only thing you must do to keep safety online. Here are some other web safety tips:
●Never give out information that will allow someone to find you offline. That includes your full name, address and phone number.
●Don't include your real name as part of your online screen name.
●Never meet people you met on the Internet in person. If you insist on breaking this rule, meet in a very public place and consider taking an adult with you.
Top 10 worst passwords: 1.password 2. 123456 3. 12345678 4. qwerty 5. abc123
6. monkey 7. 1234567 8. letmein 9.trustno1 10. dragon
296
What is "Splash Data"?
A.
A company.
B.
A TV station.
C.
A scientist.
D.
An American.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第二段Splash Data, a computer security company, 描述，可知选A。
297
The underlined word hacker means "_________" in Chinese.
A.
流浪者
B.
黑客
C.
银行职员
D.
软件设计师
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系下文containing stolen passwords.可知此处指的是这个清单是基于对于黑客的文件的调查，故选B。
298
Which is the worst and most common password?
A.
abc123.
B.
monkey.
C.
password.
D.
123456.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据According to the list, "password" is the worst and most common password.描述，可知选C。
299
You can't put your ______ on the Internet.
A.
address
B.
phone number
C.
name
D.
A,B and C
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据Never give out information that will allow someone to find you offline. That includes your full name, address and phone number.描述，可知选D。
300
Which of the following is NOT true?
A.
Animal names can be very safe passwords.
B.
You can meet people you met on the Internet in person in a very public place.
C.
You can't use your real names as part of your online screen name.
D.
It's necessary to have a password for surfing the Internet safely.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据短文第二段描述，可知动物名称属于容易被破解的密码之一，故选项A描述错误。
Plants are very important living things. Life could not go on if there were no plants. This is because plants can make food from air, water and sunlight. Animals and man cannot make food from air, water and sunlight. Animals get their food by eating plants and other animals. Therefore animals and man need plants in order to live. This is why we find that there are so many plants around us.
If you look carefully at the plants around you, you will find that there are two kinds of plants: flowering plants and non-flowering(不开花的) plants.
Flowering plants can make seeds(种子). The seeds are protected by the fruits. Some fruits have one seed, some have two, three or four, and some have many seeds. But a few fruits have no seeds at all. An example of a fruit without seeds is the banana fruit.
Most non-flowering plants do not grow from seeds. They grow from spores(孢子). Spores are very, very small. Some spores are so small and light that they can float in the air. We may say that spores are quite the same as seeds. When these spores fall on wet and shady(阴凉的) places, they usually grow into new plants.
301
What fact does the passage lead you to believe?
A.
Of all living things, animals are most important.
B.
Spores are seeds.
C.
All fruits of flowering plants have seeds.
D.
Without plants, man will die out.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第一段Life could not go on if there were no plants.及下文描述，可知没有植物，人们就会死亡。故选D。
302
The paragraph following the passage will be about ________.
A.
how plants can make food from air
B.
how spores grow into new plants
C.
why some plants have no seeds
D.
why non-flowering plants are more important than flowering plants
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
短文最后一段主要介绍了不开花植物通过孢子繁殖，故接下来可能要讲述的是，孢子如何长成新的植物。故选B。
303
This passage is most likely to be taken from ________.
A.
a story book
B.
a novel
C.
a science magazine
D.
a laboratory report
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
这篇短文主要介绍了指物的两种繁殖方式,故有可能出自一本科学杂志,选C,一本科学杂志.
On Saturdays, most people are busy shopping. Some of them go to the shops, and some go to the supermarkets. But in American, most shoppers enjoy shopping in the shopping malls.
A mall is a group of many shops. There you can buy clothes, furniture, and everything you need. Shopping malls provide parking for your cars. Usually, the mall is under one roof so the shoppers do not get cold or wet from rain, wind, or snow.
After shopping, you may get tired. You can walk into the sitting-room for a short rest. If you go into the dinning rooms in the malls, you can have a good meal. Now more and more Americans like to go shopping there.
304
In America, Most people enjoy shopping in ____________.
A.
supermarkets
B.
shops
C.
streets
D.
malls
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第一段But in American, most shoppers enjoy shopping in the shopping malls.描述,可知选D.
305
Most people like to do shopping ____________.
A.
on weekends
B.
on Sundays
C.
every day
D.
every week
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第一段On Saturdays, most people are busy shopping. 描述,可知大部分人喜欢在周末购物,故选A.
306
People don't have to worry about rain or wind, because the mall is ____________.
A.
under one roof
B.
on the ground floor
C.
in the open air
D.
without roof
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第二段Usually, the mall is under one roof so the shoppers do not get cold or wet from rain, wind, or snow描述,可知选A.
307
In a shopping mall, you can find _____________ to park your car.
A.
a big house
B.
a place
C.
a small shop
D.
a room
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第二段Shopping malls provide parking for your cars.描述,可知选B.
These days, many students like playing 3D games. Do you know what 3D games are like? In most 3D games, game players need to control (控制) a character. The character can be a robot or a soldier (士兵). Game players usually use the mouse to make the character move around in his own world. Game players can find things such as food and weapons (武器) to help them go on with the game. The character can go straight, sit down, turn left, turn right or pick up things in the game.
Some 3D games have many levels (等级). The character needs to finish different goals for each level. Game players can play against their computers, and sometimes they can play with other players online. It's great fun to play 3D games. But playing 3D games for long is not good for our study.
308
In most 3D games, game players need to _________.
A.
control a character
B.
find a robot
C.
act as a soldier
D.
control the computer
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据In most 3D games, game players need to control (控制) a character.可知选A。
309
How do game players make the character move around?
A.
By using the keyboard
B.
By using the mouse
C.
By telling the directions
D.
By moving the computer.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据Game players usually use the mouse to make the character move around in his own world.可知选B。
310
In the game, the character can _________.
A.
go straight and sit down
B.
turn left and turn right
C.
Pick up things
D.
A, B and C
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据The character can go straight, sit down, turn left, turn right or pick up things in the game.可知选D。
311
Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A.
Some 3D games have many levels.
B.
The character needs to finish different goals for each level.
C.
Game players can only play against their computers.
D.
Game players can go online and play with other players together.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据Game players can play against their computers, and sometimes they can play with other players on-line.可知选C。
A science book gives facts. Some science books tell us about animals. Some tell us about plants. Some tell us about outer space. This page tells us about animals.
Do you know that not only the fish but also some animals live in the sea? For example, the whale is not a fish. It can't breathe in the water. It swims in the water. But it comes up for air.
The blue whale is the world's biggest animal. There are other sea animals, too. One is called the dolphin. Dolphins need air to live. They breathe air, as whales do. Dolphins are very clever. They sometimes seem to speak to each other.
Many other animals live near the sea. Seals (海豹) and otters（水獭）love the sea. They swim and play there, They eat smaller fish and sea plants. Seals and otters have thick fur. The fur keeps them warm.
312
The passage mainly tells us about _______.
A.
fishes
B.
plants
C.
science
D.
sea animals
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第二段Do you know that not only the fish but also some animals live in the sea?及下文描述，可知本文主要讲述的是海洋动物，所以本题选D。
313
Which of the sentences below is NOT true?
A.
The whale can swim in the sea like a fish.
B.
The whale can breathe in the sea like a fish.
C.
Both whales and dolphins are sea animals.
D.
Seals and otters like living near the sea.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据the whale is not a fish. It can't breathe in the water.描述，可知选项B描述错误。 所以本题选B。
314
What food do seals and otters like eating?
A.
Only smaller fish.
B.
Only sea plants.
C.
Smaller fish and sea plants.
D.
Blue whales and dolphins
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据最后一段Seals（海豹）and otters（水獭）love the sea. ……They eat fish and sea plants.描述，所以本题选C。
315
Some sea animals can keep themselves warm because _______.
A.
they are big animals
B.
they like playing in the sea
C.
they have thick fur
D.
they eat enough food every day
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据最后一段Seals and otters have thick fur. The fur keeps them warm.描述，所以本题选C。
Taking away a city's rubbish is a big job. Every day trucks come into a city to collect it. Most rubbish is made up of things we can't eat or use. If we kept these things we would soon have a mountain of rubbish.
In some cities the rubbish is collected and taken outside of the city to a dump(垃圾站). Often the city dump is placed where the ground is low or there is a big hole. The kitchen rubbish is broken into small pieces and sent into the sewage system. The sewage system takes away the used water from toilets, bathtubs(澡盆) and other places.
To keep mice and flies away, some earth is used to cover the newly dumped rubbish. Later, grass may be planted on the rubbish-filled land. Finally, a house or a school may be built there, and then you'd never know that this had once been an old rubbish dump.
In other cities the rubbish is burnt in special places. The fire burns everything but the metal. Sometimes the metal can be used again in factories where things are made of metal. The food parts of rubbish are put in special piles where they slowly change into something called humus(腐殖土), which looks like black earth. It is rich with kinds of things that feed plants and help make them grow.
316
You can most probably read the passage in _______.
A.
a history book
B.
a TV guide
C.
a science book
D.
a telephone book
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
本文主要谈到了如何处理城市垃圾的问题，故有可能出自一本科学类书籍，故选C。
317
The underlined word "sewage" in the passage means_______.
A.
排污
B.
染色
C.
洗涤
D.
吸尘
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
联系下文takes away the used water from toilets, bathtubs(澡盆) and other places.可知此处指的是排污系统，故选A。
318
According to the passage, the food parts of rubbish can be used again_______.
A.
to feed animals
B.
to feed plants
C.
to build a house
D.
to make machines
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据最后一段The food parts of rubbish are put in special piles where they slowly change into something called humus(腐殖土), which looks like black earth. It is rich with kinds of things that feed plants and help make them grow.描述，可知选B。
319
How should we take care of a used metal box according to the passage?
A.
By burning it off.
B.
By putting it in water.
C.
By throwing it away.
D.
By reusing and recycling it.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据Sometimes the metal can be used again in factories where things are made of metal.描述，可知金属可以进行回收利用，故选D。
Computers can help many workers. They can also help thieves.
There was one thief who worked in a bank of the United States. He paid for everything he needed by check (支票). Then he told the computer not to take any money from his account for the checks he wrote. The bank's computer did what he said. And it did not take any money from his bank account. One day the computer broke down. People had to do the computer's work. They soon found out what was happening.
Another thief, who worked for a bank saw people filling in deposit forms (存款单). Many of these people did not know their account numbers, so they wrote only their names on the forms. They left empty places for their account numbers. The thief wrote his own account number in this place. When the computer read these forms it looked only at the account numbers. It did not look at the customers' names. It paid the money on these deposit forms into the thief's account .
Then there was the bank worker who told the bank computer to take ten cents off every customer's account each month and put it into his own account. For a long time the bank's customers did not notice that they were losing ten cents every month. But then someone did notice and told the bank. That was the end of that little game!
320
What was the first thief?
A.
A computer engineer.
B.
A customer.
C.
A bank worker.
D.
We don't know.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第二段描述，可知这个贼是个银行职员，故选C。
321
How did the first thief steal money from the bank?
A.
He broke the computer down and stole money from it.
B.
He paid for everything by check instead of cash.
C.
He took money away from the bank.
D.
He told the computer not to take away money from his account.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第二段 he told the computer not to take any money from his account for the checks he wrote. 描述，可知选D。
322
How many kinds of crimes in a bank are mentioned?
A.
Two.
B.
Three.
C.
Four.
D.
Five.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文二三四段描述，可知本文主要介绍了三种在银行的犯罪形式，故选B。
323
What can we infer from the passage?
A.
None of the thieves has been caught by the police up to now.
B.
A lot of money is missing from the bank of the United States each year.
C.
The computers in the bank will be changed to prevent money from being stolen.
D.
There will be no crimes in the bank any more since so many crimes have been found out.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
短文中描述的三种犯罪形式都很隐蔽，被发现的可能性都比较低，因此可以推断的是，在美国的银行每年都有大量的金钱流失。故选B。
Are you carrying too much on your back at school? You're not alone. Back experts(专家) in the USA are worried about that young students are having back and neck problems because they are carrying too much in their backpacks .
"It hurts my back when I run," said Ebelin Reyes, a student in Virginia. "It's hard to get up the stairs with my backpack because it's too heavy." Students have to carry heavy backpacks on their backs for a whole week's study. Ebelin is one of them. They have regular(固定的)backpacks with two straps(带子) to carry them, but a number of students with heavy loads(负担) have switched to rolling backpacks. The backpacks have wheels and can roll on the ground. Shirley Park's backpack weighs 10 kilos, and she said, "I'll change to a rolling backpack because I am starting to have back pain."
How much is too much? Experts say that students should carry no more than 10% to 15% of their own body weight. A few students have had a good idea to lighten(减轻) the load: less homework.
Doctor's suggestions:
Lighten the load. Take home only the books the students need that day.
(2) Wide straps are better. They can send out weight over your shoulders (肩)and be sure to wear backpacks with two straps.
(3) The heaviest things should be packed closest to the back.
(4) Bend(弯曲) both knees when you pick up the pack, don't just bend over the waist(腰).
324
The main idea of the passage is about _______.
A.
the problems made by rolling backpacks
B.
the advantage of backpacks
C.
the best backpacks for students
D.
how to lighten students' backpacks
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文描述，可知本文主要讲述的是如何减轻学生们的背包的问题。故选D。
325
From what Ebelin Reyes and Shirley Park said, we know______.
A.
students like to carry heavy backpacks
B.
students have to do a lot of homework
C.
backpacks with wheels are bad for students
D.
students have no time to play because of heavy backpacks
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文第二段描述，可知他们背包过重主要是因为作业太多。故选B。
326
The underlined word "switch to" means______.
A.
use for
B.
turn to
C.
catch up
D.
begin to use
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
联系上下文描述，可知此处指的是许多学生开始使用滚动背包。故选D。
327
According to the experts, it's better for a student of 40 kilos to carry a backpack of ____ at most.
A.
10 kilos
B.
8 kilos
C.
6 kilos
D.
7 kilos
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据Experts say that students should carry no more than 10% to 15% of their own body weight.描述，计算可知选C。
328
If students follow the doctor's suggestions, they______.
A.
may do less homework
B.
may feel their backpacks are lighter
C.
can learn how to enjoy themselves
D.
will know why to wear heavy backpacks
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据Lighten the load.描述及医生的建议，可知主要目的是减轻载重。故选B，可能感到他们的背包更轻了。
Just a Quick Nap 只要打个盹儿
Do you feel a little sleepy after lunch? Well, that's normal. Your body naturally slows down then. What should you do about it? Don't reach for a coffee! Instead, take a nap.
It's good to have a daily nap. First of all , you are more efficient（有效的） after napping . You remember things better and make fewer mistakes. Also, you can learn things more easily after taking a nap. A nap may increase your self-confidence（自信） and make you more active . It may even cheer you up. But, there are some simple rules you should follow about taking a nap. First, take a nap in the middle of day, about eight hours after you wake up. Next, a 20-minute nap is best. If you sleep longer, you may fall into a deep sleep. After waking from a deep sleep, you will feel worse. Also, you should set an alarm clock. That way, you can fully relax during your nap. You won't have to keep looking at the clock so you don't oversleep.
Now，the next time you feel sleepy after lunch , don't get stressed . Put your head down, close your eyes, and catch forty winks.
329
It is _______to get sleepy for you at noon.
A.
normal
B.
strange
C.
amazing
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据Do you feel a little sleepy after lunch? Well, that's normal. 描述，可知选A。
330
After taking a nap, you may feel more _______.
A.
stressed
B.
confident
C.
sleepy
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据Also, you can learn things more easily after taking a nap. A nap may increase your self-confidence（自信） and make you more active . 描述，可知选B。
331
The proper period（一段时间）of time for taking a nap is _______.
A.
as long as you like
B.
eight hours
C.
about twenty minutes
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据Next, a 20-minute nap is best.描述，可知选C。
332
What can help you have a fully relaxing nap according to the passage?
A.
A cup of coffee.
B.
A quick meal.
C.
An alarm clock.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据Also, you should set an alarm clock. That way, you can fully relax during your nap. 描述，可知选C。
333
What is the text mainly about?
A.
Why and how to take a nap.
B.
Rules to increase your self –confidence.
C.
How to make your body slow down.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据短文描述，可知本文主要讲述了我们为什么要打个盹儿的原因以及怎样做的更好。故选A。
Singles' Day (光棍节)falls on every November 11th, and as the name suggests, this holiday is one specially for people who are still living the single life. It's surprising that China is the only country in the world that has set up a special day for singles to celebrate(庆祝) their lives. To find out more about this celebration, read on.
An old story goes that once there were four single men, leading very boring lives. None of them were married, or had lovers, or did anything exciting. They just sat around all day and played Mahjong（麻将）.
One day they played Mahjong from 11 in the morning until 11 at night. During the game, no matter who won, the winning card was always the 'Sitiao' card. And that day happened to be November 11th. In order to remember the day, they called it Singles' Day.
For breakfast on Singles' Day, singles often eat four youtiao, which means the four "ones" in "11.11". Many singles also choose to say goodbye to their single lives on this day. So they take part in 'blind date' parties , trying to find someone they love and many people choose to marry on this day. Besides the meaning 'single', the four 'ones' of the date can also mean 'only one' as in 'the only one for me.' Some people will use this date and this meaning to tell their special someone that they are the only 'one' in their heart.
334
__________ first called November 11th Singles' Day.
A.
The Chinese government
B.
People who have been married
C.
Four people playing Mahjong
D.
People who don't want to get married
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第四段描述，光棍节是由四个中国人打麻将时叫出来的，故选C。
335
The Chinese meaning of the word "'blind date' parties" in this passage is "________".
A.
盲人聚会
B.
相亲会
C.
化妆舞会
D.
盲人党派
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系上文，他们决定在这一天对他们的单身生活说再见及下文试图找到自己爱的人及许多人选择在这一天结婚，可知这个短语指的是相亲会，故选B。
336
Singles often have ________ for breakfast on Singles' Day.
A.
some bread
B.
noodles
C.
4 youtiao
D.
nothing
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据For breakfast on Singles' Day, singles often eat four youtiao, which means the four "ones" in "11.11".描述，可知选C。
337
Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A.
Singles' Day is on November 11th.
B.
Singles' Day is celebrated by no countries but China.
C.
Singles' Day is for people who don't have lovers.
D.
To celebrate Singles' Day, people play Mahjong from from 11 in the morning until 11 at night.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文最后一段描述，打麻将不属于光棍节的庆祝活动之一，故选项D描述错误。
You might have noticed that the cost of food has gone up.In fact the price of wheat and rice has nearly doubled in the past few years.It's thought that right now，850 million people—that's more than 10 times the population of the UK—are short of food because it's too expensive or there's not enough of it.
The price of basic food such as wheat and corn has stayed the same for quite a long time，about 30 years.But as the world's population is getting bigger，there's more pressure to feed more people，plus there's less land and water to go round.
Another reason is climate（气候）change.Droughts and floods make it hard to grow crops like rice and grain.The price of oil has gone up and that makes it more expensive for farmers to run their tractors and to transport the food they make.And lots of fields are being used to grow crops to make other things that can't be eaten—which is bad news for hungry people.
The main losers are poor people who live in cities in poor countries，who are facing higher prices for food.Some people are doing well out of the food crisis（危机） though.Farmers in rich countries like the US，Canada and Australia are getting record prices for their harvests.
World leaders are meeting in the Italian capital Rome to talk about the problem of rising food prices.Some countries are helping out with the cost of foods and international aid agencies have called for more money for food production in poor countries.
338
The price of food goes up because all of the following EXCEPT _____.
A.
there are more and more people in the world.
B.
American farmers are getting richer and richer.
C.
many farm lands are used to make other things rather than food.
D.
climate change makes it harder to grow food.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文二三段描述，可知粮价升高的原因是，人口越来越多，许多的耕地挪作他用及气候变化。美国农民变富，是两家升高的结果，不是原因，故选B。
339
Who lose the most because of the food crisis?
A.
Farmers in rich countries.
B.
Farmers in developed countries.
C.
Poor people in cities in poor countries.
D.
Poor people in cities in developed countries.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据最后一段The main losers are poor people who live in cities in poor countries，who are facing higher prices for food.描述，可知选C。
340
What does the food crisis mean to farmers in Canada?
A.
They can get a lot of money from the government.
B.
They have to save a lot of money.
C.
They can make more money from the high price.
D.
They are losing a lot of money.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文最后一段描述，世界粮食危机对加拿大意味着挣到更多的钱。故选C。
341
What is the best title for this passage?
A.
Why is the Price of Food Going Up？
B.
How Many People are Short of Food?
C.
What Can We Learn from the Food Crisis?
D.
Who Can Benefit（受益） from the Food Crisis?
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
这篇短文主要讨论了世界粮价升高的原因，故选A。
Have you ever seen snow? Many people in the world have not. Some countries never have snow; some have only a little on the tops of very high mountains. In the north of England, there is quite a lot of snow every winter, but in the south of England, there is usually little.
When a student from a warm country comes to England in autumn for the first time, he feels cold at first. There are often dark clouds, grey sky and cold rain in England in autumn, and most students from warm countries do not like this.
But snow is different. Though it is cold, it is also beautiful. Perhaps, after several dark mornings, the student wakes up one day, and there is a lot of light in his room. He thinks "Is it so late?" and jumps out of bed. But no, it is not very late. He looks out of the window and there is the snow on the ground and on the houses and everywhere. The light of his room comes from clean, beautiful snow.
342
In which part of England is there much snow in winter?
A.
In the east.
B.
In the north.
C.
In the west.
D.
In the south.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段In the north of England, there is quite a lot of snow every winter, 描述，可知选B
343
In the autumn of England, we can NOT often see __________.
A.
grey sky
B.
dark clouds
C.
strong winds
D.
cold rain
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第二段There are often dark clouds, grey sky and cold rain in England in autumn, 描述，可知在英国的秋天见不到大风，故选C
344
In England both snow and autumn rain are ____________.
A.
cold
B.
clean
C.
beautiful
D.
heavy
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据短文二三段描述，可知在英国秋雨和冬雪的共同点是他们都很冷。故选A。
345
Why does the student ask himself "Is it so late?"
A.
Because he has some work to do.
B.
Because it is bright in the room.
C.
Because it is really late.
D.
Because he usually gets up early.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第三段Perhaps, after several dark mornings, the student wakes up one day, and there is a lot of light in his room. He thinks "Is it so late?"描述，可知房间内有很多光，故选B
346
Which of the following statements is true?
A.
Every country in the world has snow in winter.
B.
Foreign students like the weather in England.
C.
It is often very warm in the autumn of England.
D.
Many people in the world haven't seen snow.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据Have you ever seen snow? Many people in the world have not.描述，可知选D
Animals, including insects, don't have a ‘language' like ours. They do not ‘talk' to each other in words and sentences. But if we watch them, we can see that they do have their ways of communicating (交流) with each other.
Can you see the rabbit's tail? When rabbits see this white tail moving up and down, they run away. They know that they are in danger. The rabbit has told them something without making a sound. It has given them a signal.
Many other animals use this kind of ‘language'. When a cobra（眼镜蛇）is angry, it raises its head and makes itself look powerful（有力的）. This warns other animals. When a bee（蜜蜂）has found food, it goes back to its home. It cannot ‘tell' the other bees where the food is by speaking to them, but it does a little dance. This tells the bees where the food is.
Some animals ‘say' things by making sounds. A dog barks, for example, when a stranger comes near. A cat purrs when it is pleased. Some birds make several different sounds, each with its own meaning. Sometimes we human beings speak in the same way. We make sounds like "Oh" or "Ah" when we are frightened or pleased or when we drop something on our toes.
347
Which one is TRUE according to the passage?
A.
Animals have languages like human beings.
B.
Bees communicate with each other by dancing.
C.
Animals can use words.
D.
Animals are brave.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据When a bee（蜜蜂）has found food, it goes back to its home. It cannot ‘tell' the other bees where the food is by speaking to them, but it does a little dance. This tells the bees where the food is. 描述，可知选项B描述错误。
348
A rabbit uses its tail to ___________.
A.
warn other rabbits when they are in danger
B.
tell other rabbits where food is
C.
make itself look powerful
D.
help it to run fast
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第二段When rabbits see this white tail moving up and down, they run away. They know that they are in danger.描述，可知选A。
349
When a cobra is angry, it __________.
A.
makes a loud noise
B.
raises its head
C.
moves up and down
D.
does a little dance
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据When a cobra（眼镜蛇）is angry, it raises its head and makes itself look powerful（有力的）.描述，可知选B。
350
Several different sounds can be made by a __________.
A.
rabbit
B.
bee
C.
bird
D.
fish
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据最后一段Some birds make several different sounds, each with its own meaning. 描述，可知选C。
351
From the passage, we know that ________ use words and sentences to express ideas and thoughts.
A.
all living things
B.
all animals
C.
some birds
D.
human beings
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第一段Animals, including insects, don't have a ‘language' like ours. They do not ‘talk' to each other in words and sentences. 描述，可知人类通过单词和句子来表达意见和想法。故选D。
Reading is a good habit, but the problem is, there's too much to read these days, and too little time to read every word of it. There are hundreds of skills to help you read more in less time. Here are two skills that I think are especially good.
Preview--if it's long and hard. Previewing is especially useful for getting a general idea of heavy reading like long magazine articles and business reports.
Here's how to preview.
●Read the first two paragraphs and the last two paragraphs carefully.
●Then read only the first sentence of the other paragraphs.
Previewing doesn't give you all the details. It keeps you from spending time on things you don't really want--or need--to read.
Skim--if it's short and simple. Skimming is a good way to get a general idea of light reading --like popular magazines or the sports and entertainment of your daily paper.
Here's how to skim.
●Get your eyes to move fast. Sweep them across each line.
●Pick up only a few key words in each line.
Everybody skims differently. You and I may not pick up the same words when we skim the same piece, but we'll get a similar idea of what it's all about.
352
How many skills are recommended in this passage?
A.
One.
B.
Two.
C.
Three.
D.
Four.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段Here are two skills that I think are especially good.及下文描述，可知本文主要讲述了两条阅读技能。故选B。
353
What does the underlined word "preview" mean in Chinese?
A.
精读
B.
默读
C.
朗读
D.
略读
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据-if it's long and hard.及下文Previewing doesn't give you all the details. 描述，可知此处指的是略读。故选D。
354
What should we NOT do when we read sports news in a daily paper according to the passage?
A.
Read the last two paragraphs carefully.
B.
Get our eyes to move fast.
C.
Sweep our eyes across each line.
D.
Pick up only a few key words in each line.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据Skim--if it's short and simple. Skimming is a good way to get a general idea of light reading --like popular magazines or the sports and entertainment of your daily paper.描述，可知读体育新闻不适合用略读法。故选A。
355
What is the best title for this passage?
A.
How to read faster
B.
What to read
C.
When to read
D.
Why we should read
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
这篇短文主要讲述了如何提高阅读速度的两种方法。故选A，如何读得更快。
On the fifth day of the fifth month of the Chinese lunar calendar（农历）, which is Wednesday this year, all Chinese celebrate one of their traditional festivals, the Dagon Boat Festival, or Dragon Boat Festival. Their celebrations include eating zongzi, rice wrapped in bamboo leaves in the shape of a pyramid, racing dragon boats and sticking mugwort leaves on their doors.
In 2007, the central government decided to add the Dragon Boat Festival, together with two other traditional festivals - Tomb Sweeping Day (清明节) and Mid Autumn Festival - to the list of public holidays
According to tradition, our ancestors（长辈） believed the hot weather in midsummer might cause different kinds of diseases (疾病). So, to keep off diseases and drive out evil were the main purposes of the Dragon Boat Festival. Parents used colorful threads to make necklaces and bracelets （手镯） for children, gave them beautiful embroidered bags（荷包）, painted the Chinese character for "king" (wang) on their foreheads to drive away bad luck. The Dragon Boat Festival was also called "kids festival" in some places. Spending such happy hours with parents, young children began to understand the festival as well as the traditions and culture behind it. Repeating the customs year by year makes it possible for kids to learn the traditions, accept it and pass it on when they become adults.
356
How do people celebrate the Dragon Boat Festival?
A.
People celebrate this festival by eating eggs.
B.
People celebrate this festival by eating zongzi, racing dragon boats.
C.
People celebrate this festival by sending cards.
D.
People celebrate this festival by singing and dancing.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段Their celebrations include eating zongzi, rice wrapped in bamboo leaves in the shape of a pyramid, racing dragon boats and sticking mugwort leaves on their doors. 描述，可知选B。
357
What is the Chinese meaning of "mugwort leaves" in the second paragraph?
A.
粽叶
B.
红叶
C.
艾叶
D.
松叶
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
联系常识可知，在端午节期间，人们习惯在门上挂上艾叶，故选C。
358
How many public holidays added by the central government in 2007?
A.
2
B.
3
C.
4
D.
only one
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据In 2007, the central government decided to add the Dragon Boat Festival, together with two other traditional festivals - Tomb Sweeping Day (清明节) and Mid Autumn Festival - to the list of public holidays描述，可知选B。
359
What is the main purpose of the Dragon Boat Festival according to tradition?
A.
To keep off diseases and drive out evil and bad luck.
B.
To spend happy time with parents.
C.
To make necklaces and bracelets for children.
D.
To have a long holiday with family members.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据最后一段So, to keep off diseases and drive out evil were the main purposes of the Dragon Boat Festival.描述，可知选A。
In many English homes people eat four meals a day. They have breakfast at any time from seven to nine in the morning. They eat porridge(粥) eggs or bread and drink tea or coffee at breakfast. Lunch comes at one o'clock. Afternoon tea is from four to five in the afternoon and dinner is about half past seven. First they have soup, then they have meat or fish with vegetables. After they eat some other things, like bananas, apples or oranges. But not all English people eat like that. Some of them have their dinner in the middle of the day. Their meals are breakfast, dinner, tea and supper and all these meals are very simple.
360
Many English people have ______ meals a day.
A.
two
B.
three
C.
four
D.
five
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据In many English homes people eat four meals a day. 描述,可知选C.
361
People may have _______ for their breakfast according to the passage.
A.
tea and eggs
B.
hamburgers and tea
C.
coffee and salad
D.
eggs and fish
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据They eat porridge(粥) eggs or bread and drink tea or coffee at breakfast.描述,可知选A.
362
People have lunch at _______.
A.
any time
B.
nine
C.
five
D.
one
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据Lunch comes at one o'clock.描述,可知选D.
363
People don't have _______ for their dinner.
A.
bananas and apples
B.
soup and meat
C.
meat and fish
D.
porridge
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据and dinner is about half past seven. First they have soup, then they have meat or fish with vegetables. After they eat some other things, like bananas, apples or oranges.描述，可知英国人的正餐不包括粥。故选D。
364
Most Englishmen have dinner ________.
A.
at one
B.
at any time
C.
at noon
D.
in the evening
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据and dinner is about half past seven. 描述，可知他们是在晚上吃正餐。故选D。
Lake Victoria is the largest lake in Africa. It is also the second largest lake in the world. It is an important lake because it is one of the sources(源头) for the longest river in the world, the Nile River. Lake Victoria provides a source of water, food, and power(电力) for several African countries. Lake Victoria is a big part of African life.
Unfortunately, Lake Victoria has a problem. It is shrinking. There are several power stations at Lake Victoria in Uganda. These are on the Nile River, and besides producing power, they keep the water of the lake at a certain level. For the past forty years, that level has been 11.9 meters. Over the last several years, the water level has dropped by about 2.5 meters. There seem to be several reasons for this drop.
One possible reason is drought(干旱). Drought has been very bad in the area since 2000. Lake Victoria gets all of its water from rain, so the drought means less water in the lake.
However, some environmentalists believe that the real problem is the power plants(工厂) on Lake Victoria. Uganda depends on those power plants for most of its power, and they made the power plants larger in 2000. Many people believe the power plants have been taking too much water off Lake Victoria. As a result, they have been asked to use less water until Lake Victoria goes back to its old level.
Whether the low water level is caused by drought or power plants, the result is the same. This is already a poor area of Africa, where many people live a really hard life. People, animals and plants around Lake Victoria will suffer even more from low water levels on the lake. Many people need Lake Victoria for fishing or growing food. Fish need the water to live, and animals need it for water. Plants around the lake will die without the water, and then more animals and people will suffer. Unless the lake fills soon, many people will suffer and die.
365
Lake Victoria is __________.
A.
an important lake in Africa
B.
the largest lake in the world
C.
the source of water, food and power for America
D.
the only source for the Nile River
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第一段It is an important lake because it is one of the sources(源头) for the longest river in the world, the Nile River. 描述，可知选A。
366
What does "It is shrinking" most probably mean?
A.
It is becoming larger.
B.
It is becoming more beautiful.
C.
It is becoming smaller.
D.
It is becoming more useful.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
联系本段下文描述，可知此处指的是这条河流在变小，故选C。
367
The water level of Lake Victoria is now __________.
A.
2.5 meters
B.
11.9 meters
C.
14.4 meters
D.
9.4 meters
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第二段For the past forty years, that level has been 11.9 meters. Over the last several years, the water level has dropped by about 2.5 meters. 计算可知11.9-2.5=9.4，故选D。
368
Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A.
Rain water is the only source for the lake.
B.
There has been little rain in the lake area since 2000.
C.
The power plants in Uganda provide water for the lake.
D.
D The power plants in Uganda were made larger in 2000.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第三段Uganda depends on those power plants for most of its power,描述，可知水电站需要水，故选项C描述错误。
369
According to the passage, how can we solve the problems around Lake Victoria?
A.
People must build more power plants.
B.
More sources of water must be found.
C.
Every country should offer some money to Africa.
D.
All the people living in the area should move to another place.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文最后一段描述，可知围绕维多利亚湖的问题，解决的最好办法是寻找更多的水源，故选B。
There are many TV programs on Chinese cuisines(烹饪、美食)，but few are like A Bite of China. It tries to bring something new by introducing more cultural （文化）features related （叙述）to dishes, such as eating habits and wonderful stories about food.
It's said that more than 100 million Chinese people are watching the program .Most Chinese people see this program as more than just the regular food shows. They see it as an amazing documentary providing a special view of Chinese as well as the relations between people and food and between people and society（社会）.
On the other hand ,the documentary also stimulates(刺激)Chinese people's consumption (消耗). Taobao, one of China's biggest online shopping sites, reports that the search(搜索) on food items that were introduced by the documentary has increased to 4 million times within (在...之内) one week, and sales have increased to 5.82 million, or 20%.
To get enough good stories, the production team spent three months doing research and interviews in about 60 cities before they started making the documentary last July. Filming lasted about nine months.
Liu Wen, the director, says "As CCTV-9 serves as a window. allowing the world to better understand China, the documentary aims to help the world not only appreciate the beauty of Chinese cuisines ,but also learn Chinese customs."
370
A Bite of China is a_________.
A.
film
B.
TV show
C.
Book
D.
newspaper
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系前文There are many TV programs on Chinese cuisines(烹饪、美食)，描述，可知这是一个电视节目。故选B。
371
This program is quite different from other food shows because it has more features of________.
A.
culture
B.
cuisine
C.
news
D.
place
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第一段It tries to bring something new by introducing more cultural （文化）features related （叙述）to dishes, such as eating habits and wonderful stories about food.描述，可知选A。
372
The main idea of the 3rd paragraph is that the program brings a new opportunity on________.
A.
Internet communication
B.
film making
C.
food business
D.
talking
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第三段描述，可知这个节目给饮食业带了一次新的商机。故选C。
373
It took the production team aboutto complete the whole program ________.
A.
3 months
B.
six months
C.
a year
D.
two years
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第四段描述，可知这个摄制组花费三个月做调查和采访，然后用九个月进行录制。故选C。
374
Which of the following statements is TRUE according to this passage?
A.
Most people watch the program because they want to learn how to cook.
B.
There're many wonderful stories about Chinese cuisines in "A Bite of China".
C.
You can buy some food that's more delicious and cheaper through the program.
D.
There're few wonderful stories about Chinese cuisines in "A Bite of China".
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段such as eating habits and wonderful stories about food.描述，可知这个节目中有许多关于中国菜肴的故事。故选B。
If you want to travel with a partner, you may ask for one on the Internet. There are some tips about how to choose a right partner on the Internet:
Unluckily, you can't ask a person if he has a good feeling. If you ask, everyone will tell you that they do! It is important that you have to get to know your travel partner to find out what kind of feeling he really has.
You can tell a lot about a person's feeling by the words he uses. Ask him about his worst trip. Is he laughing about it now, or still unhappy? Does his worst trip sound like an adventure to you? If so, he doesn't match you. Having a good feeling is important for having a good time.
Talk about the hotel you would like to stay in. See if you have the same habit of spending holidays. This is such a quick way to find a partner.
What's more? Always keep in contact with(联系) your travelling partner when travelling. Don't simply hang out without telling them, and don't let them do it to you, either.
375
The passage mainly talks about how to find a right partner _________.
A.
in class
B.
in school
C.
on the Internet
D.
in the neighborhood
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第一段There are some tips about how to choose a right partner on the Internet:及下文描述,可知选C.
376
The second paragraph mainly tells us it is important ___________.
A.
to find a partner
B.
to find out the feeling of the partner
C.
to ask if he has a good feeling
D.
look for a partner on the Internet
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第二段It is important that you have to get to know your travel partner to find out what kind of feeling he really has.描述,可知选B.
377
The underline word "adventure" means ___________ in Chinese.
A.
冒险
B.
安全
C.
刺激
D.
兴奋
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
联系前文his worst trip ,最糟糕的旅程,可知此处指的是冒险的含义.故选A.
378
What is the quick way to find if you have the same habit of spending holiday with a partner?
A.
Talk about money.
B.
Talk about study.
C.
Talk about the place you want to go.
D.
Talk about the hotel.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据倒数第二段Talk about the hotel you would like to stay in. See if you have the same habit of spending holidays. This is such a quick way to find a partner.描述,可知选D.
379
The best title for the passage is __________.
A.
Have A Happy Holiday
B.
Find a Right Partner for Traveling
C.
Don't Hang Out Alone
D.
Make Sure if Has Good Feeling
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段If you want to travel with a partner,及下文描述,可知本文主要讲的是如何在网上找一个合适的旅行伙伴.故选B.
Jessie felt her life so boring one summer day. She was tired of watching TV, she read all her books, and her friends were on vacation. She wanted something different to do. Suddenly, she saw the lawn mower(割草机) sitting in the yard.
"Mom," she shouted, "I think I will mow the lawn." Her mom ran into the yard and said, "Oh no, you don't. You're too young to mow the law."
"I'm fourteen years old and know how to do it," Jessie said. "Besides, it would help Dad out, and he won't have to worry about it over the weekend."
Mom thought for a while and then decided to let Jessie give it a try. After all, she was home and would keep an eye on her. Jessie already knew how to start the lawn mower from watching her dad. Jessie checked the gas(汽油) to make sure it was full, and put on her gardening gloves to protect her hands. Mom watched from the kitchen window. Jessie really does know how to mow the lawn. She was very careful around the flowers and trees. When she finished, she felt so good, but she was so hot. Mom brought her some ice tea and said, "You sure did a great job. Dad will be very surprised."
Later that day, Dad came home and said to Jessie's mom, "You didn't have to mow the lawn. I was going to do it on Saturday. It looks great. Thanks."
"I didn't mow it. Jessie did."
"Wow, our little girl is growing up!" Dad told Jessie what a great job she had done.
"It was fun, and I will do it again next week," said Jessie.
The neighbor next door came by and asked Jessie if she wanted to mow his lawn and make some money. "Sure!" said Jessie. Jessie began mowing his lawn. Two other neighbors asked so, then another three. Jessie was now mowing lawns for them all and making some money. She was no longer bored! "I won't have time to spend my money," she laughed to herself.
380
In order to do something different, Jessie decide to _______.
A.
read books
B.
travel
C.
mow the lawn
D.
watch TV
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第一段She wanted something different to do. Suddenly, she saw the lawn mower(割草机) sitting in the yard.及下文"Mom," she shouted, "I think I will mow the lawn."描述，可知选C。
381
What does "keep an eye on" mean?
A.
保护
B.
注视
C.
培养
D.
瞄准
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系前文she was home 描述，可知此处指的是她成看着她做。故选B。
382
Before Jessie mowed the lawn, she ______.
A.
washed her hands
B.
bought some gas
C.
read some instructions
D.
put on her gloves
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第四段and put on her gardening gloves to protect her hands. 描述，可知选D。
383
How did Jessie's father feel when he knew Jessie had mowed the lawn?
A.
Proud.
B.
Angry.
C.
Relaxed.
D.
Worried.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据父亲的话"Wow, our little girl is growing up!"描述，可知父亲一次感到很自豪，故选A。
384
What does the text mainly tell us?
A.
Neighbors should learn to help each other.
B.
Mowing the lawn is a good way to make money.
C.
Doing something helpful can make people happy.
D.
Children should help their parents at an early age.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
这篇短文中的杰西因为找到一个修草坪的工作，从而不再觉得生活无聊，也因此挣到了一笔零花钱。故选C，做一些有益的事情能让人们感到高兴。
"Would you tell me which way I should go from here?" asked Alice.
"That depends a good deal on where you want to get," said the Cat.
"I really don't care where" replied Alice.
"Then it doesn't much matter which way you go," said the Cat.
--- from " Alice in Wonderland "
My name is David. And I have a brother called Mike.
One day, my brother called me and asked me for some advice. He was trying to decide between two job offers:
Job 1 – The first job was your typical 40 hour a week "office" job.
Job 2 – The second job was more of a career in the insurance industry(保险业), where he would start at the bottom, and after many years and many long hours eventually rise to the top (if he was good).
The second job did not pay as well as the first job (at the beginning), but the pay-off of the second job (in the future) was much greater than the first job. So which job should my brother take? Well the answer is…it depends.
Just like the Cat was trying to tell Alice, which road you take depends a great deal on where you want to end up.
Begin with the End in Mind
I asked my brother what was his life's purpose. He said his purpose was to "teach," but he wanted to make a lot of money first. I told my brother to forget about the money, and I advised him to focus on his purpose. I then asked him which job best supported his end result of "teaching." He said the first job best supported his goal because he would only have to work 40 hours a week, which would give him spare time to teach. He continued on to say, "but if I take job number two, I can work hard and make more money, then I can retire early and "teach" later in life." I again advised him to "focus" on his purpose, not money. Things don't end wrong, they begin wrong!
You Can't Ride Two Horses Well
It would be very difficult to have a successful teaching career while you're working 70-80 hours a week in the insurance business; no one can ride two horses well. As they say, you can do anything, but not everything. I advised him to get started today by choosing the job that best supported that decision.
Tomorrow Never Comes
My brother was thinking that he could always start teaching later in life, but the reality is, tomorrow never comes. Unless you decide right now to follow your feelings, they will probably never be completed. You only live once, don't go to the end of your life with one regret.
The Money Will Come
My brother seemed to be overly concerned with making money. I told him not to be anxious about making money. You will always have greater money when you're doing what you love.
In a word, whenever you're at a cross-road, be sure to make the decision that best supports the goal of your life. If you do, then you will be well on your way.
385
Mike ___________ David one day.
A.
visited
B.
met
C.
made a telephone call to
D.
found
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据My name is David. And I have a brother called Mike.One day, my brother called me and asked me for some advice. 描述，可知麦克给戴维德打了一个电话，故选C。
386
Mike was trying to ____________.
A.
look for a job
B.
start a career
C.
wok in an office
D.
decide between two job offers
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据He was trying to decide between two job offers:描述，可知他正在试图决定选哪个工作，故选D。
387
As for the life's purpose, Mike ______________.
A.
wanted to teach first
B.
wanted to make a lot of money first
C.
wanted to work in the insurance industry
D.
wanted to work 40 hours a day
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据He said his purpose was to "teach," but he wanted to make a lot of money first. 描述，可知他想先挣一大笔钱，故选B。
388
You Can't Ride Two Horses Well means _____________.
A.
you'd better have two horses
B.
you can only ride one horse well
C.
you can do everything well.
D.
you can't do two things well at the same time
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
联系前一句It would be very difficult to have a successful teaching career while you're working 70-80 hours a week in the insurance business; 描述，可知这句话指的是，你不可能同时做好两件事情。故选D。
389
The best title of the passage is ______________.
A.
How to choose a better job
B.
It is more important to begin than to end
C.
How to make a better decision
D.
Make more money because tomorrow never comes
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
这篇短文主要介绍了我们如何选择自己的工作的问题，故选C。
A smart diet, a healthy life
No matter how old your kids are, you can take steps to improve a healthy diet and to encourage good eating habits.
Tip One: Family Meals
Family meals are nice for both parents and kids. Children like to guess what they are going to have and parents get the chance to introduce new foods to children. Parents can also use the mealtime as a chance to talk with their kids about their life.
Tip Two: Healthy Snacks(零食)
Kids, especially younger ones, will eat mostly what can get at home. That's why it's important to have enough healthy snacks, such as fruits, vegetables, nuts, yogurt and whole-grain biscuits.
Tip Three: Being a Good Example
The best way for you to encourage healthy eating is to eat well yourself. Kids will follow the
lead of the adults they see every day. By eating fruits and vegetables and avoiding fast food and sweet drinks, you are sending the right message.
Tip Four: No Shouts about Food
Parents might find themselves shouting at children to get them to have healthy foods in front of them. This in fact can make children dislike what they are asked to eat. You need to work a bit on different cooking methods(方式，方法).
Tip Five: Get Kids Included(参与)
Most kids will enjoy making the decision about food. Talk to them about making choices and planning a healthy meal. It can help them to make good decisions on their own about the foods they want to eat.
390
What is the author's attitude(态度) toward snacks?
A.
Snacks shouldn't be eaten.
B.
Healthy snacks can be accepted.
C.
Kids can only have snacks at home.
D.
It's not necessary to have snacks at home.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
由Tip Two: Healthy Snacks(零食)可知健康的零食是可以的。
391
The best way for parents to encourage a healthy diet is ________.
A.
to have family meals
B.
to eat healthy snacks
C.
to be a good example
D.
to get kids included
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
文中The best way for you to encourage healthy eating is to eat well yourself.可知应该选C.
392
What does the underlined phrase " the right message" mean?
A.
Being a good cook.
B.
Healthy eating
C.
Eating fast food.
D.
Cooking at home.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
文中By eating fruits and vegetables and avoiding fast food and sweet drinks, you are sending the right message.可知道健康地吃。选B。
393
According to Tip Four, what should parents do if kids refuse to eat healthy food?
A.
Explain how healthy it is.
B.
Try cooking it in a different way
C.
Never cook the same food.
D.
Ask kids to get used to its taste.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
文中You need to work a bit on different cooking methods(方式，方法).可知改变做饭的方式。
394
Why should parents get kids included when they make the decision about food?
A.
To let kids eat anything they like.
B.
To help kids become a wonderful cook.
C.
To help kids make good choices by themselves.
D.
To set a good example of eating healthy food.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
文中 It can help them to make good decisions on their own about the foods they want to eat.可知帮助孩子们自己做选择。
What does traveling mean? Visit, enjoy and discover.
Every year hundreds and thousands of people come to the UK. And London, the capital city, is usually their first stop. What can they see? What can they experience!
Getting around in London is not difficult. There is the underground train, the oldest in the world, or the traditional double-decker bus. A boat trip along the River Thames takes you to the Tower of London.
Going around the city center on foot is easy. The maps in the streets will show you what is around you in five-minute walk. You can get a great view of the city from 135 meters up on a huge wheel, the London Eye. Look across the river and you will see the Houses of Parliament and the famous clock tower, Big Ben.
There are over 240 museums in the capital, but the two most popular are in South Kensington and cost nothing to get into. In the Natural History Museum, the key word is Big. Next to it is the Science Museum. It has those great British inventions, the history of flight and exploration (探索) of space.
395
For many tourists, London is their ______ stop when they are traveling in the UK.
A.
first
B.
second
C.
third
D.
lost
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
由"And London, the capital city, is usually their first stop."可知。
396
Going around the City center on foot is easy because ______.
A.
Big Ben is across the river
B.
the maps in the streets will help you
C.
it take only five minutes
D.
you can gets great view of the city
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
由"The maps in the streets will show you what is around you in five-minute walk."可知。
397
The Natural History Museum is next to ______.
A.
Big Ben
B.
the Tower of London
C.
London Eye
D.
the Science Museum
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
由 In the Natural History Museum, the key word is Big. Next to it is the Science Museum. 可知。
Mr Green is an Englishman. He teaches English well His English classes are very interesting. He likes us and we like him, too.
Mr Green has two children----Mike and Nancy. Mike is eight and his sister Nancy is five. Mike goes to school but Nancy doesn't. Mr Green likes to wear a T-shirt and a pair of jeans. Football is his favorite sport. After school we often have a basketball match. Sometimes Mr Green watches and joins us. He plays basketball just for us.
398
Mr Green is _________.
A.
a Chinese teacher
B.
an English teacher
C.
a Japanese teacher
D.
an English teacher
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第一段Mr Green is an Englishman. He teaches English well His English描述，可知他是一个英语老师。故选D。
399
How many sons does Mr Green have?
A.
Only one
B.
Two
C.
Three
D.
Not any
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第二段Mr Green has two children----Mike and Nancy.描述，可知他有两个孩子。麦克一般用作男孩名字，南希一般用作女孩名字，可知他有一个儿子，故选A。
400
Nancy doesn't go to school because _______.
A.
she looks beautiful
B.
she is seven
C.
she is only five
D.
she doesn't like school
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第二段and his sister Nancy is five.描述，可知南希是因为年龄不够才没有上学。故选C。
401
______ is Mr Green's favorite sport.
A.
Basketball
B.
Football
C.
running
D.
Volleyball
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第二段Mr Green…… Football is his favorite sport.描述，可知格林先生最喜欢的运动是足球。故选B。
402
The story is about ______.
A.
Mr Green's son
B.
Mr Green
C.
Mike and Nancy
D.
a basketball
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
这篇短文主要介绍了格林先生的工作生活及家庭情况，故选B。
Joan is an American girl. She lives in China now. She is in my class. Her parents work in China, too, but her brother works in the U.S.A. He often writes letters to them. Joan likes Chinese class very much, and likes speaking Chinese with us after class. Her father teaches us English well. We all like his class. On Sundays, Joan goes to the People's Park with her father and mother. Sometimes she goes shopping with her mother. They like the Chinese food very much. It's a happy family.
403
Joan is from ________.
A.
China
B.
Japan
C.
the U.S.A.
D.
Canada
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第一行Joan is an American girl. 描述,可知琼是个美国女孩,故选A.
404
Joan likes speaking ________with us after class.
A.
Chinese
B.
English
C.
French
D.
Japanese
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第三行and likes speaking Chinese with us after class. 描述,可知课后她喜欢和我们说英语,故选B.
405
Joan's ________ is an English teacher.
A.
father
B.
mother
C.
brother
D.
father and mother
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第三行Her father teaches us English well.描述,可知他的父亲是我们的英语老师,故选A.
406
How often does Joan go to the shop?
A.
Often.
B.
Never.
C.
Every Sunday.
D.
Sometimes.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第四行Sometimes she goes shopping with her mother. 描述,可知有时她和母亲一起去购物,故选D,有时.
407
Which is not wrong?
A.
Joan's mother is a good doctor.
B.
There are three people in her family.
C.
They like to eat the Chinese food a lot.
D.
The family are all in China.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据最后一行They like the Chinese food very much.描述,可知他们都爱吃中国食品,文中没有提到她母亲的职业,她家有四口人,哥哥在美国工作,故只有选项C描述正确,
Hello, everyone. Because of the high rate of school violence(暴力) in some areas, teenagers' safety becomes a serious problem. We are planning to set up an organization named School Watch to make sure that students have a safe school environment. Please be part of our plan!
What is School Watch?
School Watch is a volunteer project in our school. It helps us stop violence and improve the quality of school life. It will keep yourself and your schoolmates safe. The other members of School Watch care for you and your classroom, and you do the same for them.
Is it for everyone?
Anybody can become a member of School Watch because everyone has something to offer.
What else can it do?
School Watch makes it possible for us not only to help each other but also to make friends with each other. Some members may offer to help the schoolmates who have problems with their homework.
Who is the School Watch?
Our school will look for the School Watcher and give him or her lots of prizes. You could be the one!
How do you start?
To be part of this plan, the only thing you need to do is to talk to the director of the plan in your grade. You can check the official website at www.schoolwatch.com if you want to get more information.
408
School Watch can help its members_______.
A.
save the environment
B.
go to school on time
C.
improve the quality of school life
D.
organize the sports activities
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据School Watch is a volunteer project in our school. It helps us stop violence and improve the quality of school life.描述,可知选C.
409
The members of School Watch are probably______.
A.
teenagers
B.
doctors
C.
parents
D.
policemen
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据The other members of School Watch care for you and your classroom, and you do the same for them.描述,可知他的成员都是青少年.故选A.
410
Anyone can become a member of School Watch because ______.
A.
everyone may have problems
B.
everyone can give help to others
C.
everyone doesn't go to school
D.
everyone isn't busy
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据Anybody can become a member of School Watch because everyone has something to offer.描述,可知选B。
411
The best School Watcher will get a lot of prizes from_____ every year.
A.
the website
B.
the school
C.
the parents
D.
the director
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据Our school will look for the School Watcher and give him or her lots of prizes. 描述，可知选B。
412
If you want to become a member of School Watch, you should ______.
A.
check the website
B.
talk to the director of the plan in your grade
C.
be good at school work
D.
go to the police
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据To be part of this plan, the only thing you need to do is to talk to the director of the plan in your grade. 描述，可知选B。
Look at the picture on the right. What is it? Yeah, it's a special robot car，ROPITS. Japan made it this year. It's a new kind of car. The car can drive itself. It is very easy for people to use it.
ROPITS is short for Robot for Personal Intelligent Transport System (个人智能交通系统机器人). ROPITS has only one seat. The Japanese made it for old and disabled (残疾的) people in Japan.
What makes the ROPITS special? One can ask it to pick him or her up from a computer or a smart-phone. After he or she gets in the car and tells the ROPITS where to go, it will begin to drive itself and let the driver enjoy the ride.
The ROPITS will not have traffic accidents (事故) because it drives very slowly, not more than 7 kilometers an hour.
413
This passage is about a new kind of ___________.
A.
car
B.
bicycle
C.
smart-phone
D.
computer
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据短文第一段及下文描述，可知本文主要是介绍一种新型的汽车。故选A。
414
The ROPITS is special because ___________.
A.
it is only for people in Japan
B.
it can drive itself all the way
C.
it can drive fast on the road
D.
it is for the old and disabled people
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段The car can drive itself. 及下文描述，可知这是一辆自动驾驶汽车，故选B。
415
From the passage we know that ___________.
A.
ROPITS is big and smart
B.
people must learn to drive ROPITS
C.
only old and disabled people can use ROPITS
D.
ROPITS is helpful for the old and the disabled people
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第二段he Japanese made it for old and disabled (残疾的) people in Japan.描述，可知这钟汽车对老人和残疾人很有帮助。故选D。
Everybody can suffer from stress.No matter what your age is, you can feel stressed out by things that are happening in your life.Teenagers, however, have many more opportunities to get stressed than people in any other age group.Being a teenager is hard.You are not a child any more, but you are not an adult, even though you have to deal with some very grown-up problems and decisions.Families can be one of the biggest causes of stress, such as problems with parents arguing at home.or problems with brothers and sisters.Teenagers also have a lot of stress from school, either from their teachers or from their friends.Some teenagers also feel stressed about choosing their education after high school.Getting a place at university can be very difficult and some cannot afford to go to university.The stress about getting a job when finishing school is hard for some teenagers.There are so many young people finishing school and not enough jobs for them.Sadly, there is nothing we can do to remove these causes of stress from the 1ives of teenagers, but you can learn the best way to deal with it.Talking to people is one of the best ways to deal with stress.It may sound simple, but it is true.A problem shared is a problem halved.
416
Why is being a teenager often difficult?
A.
Because even though you are not an adult, you must deal with adult problems.
B.
Because even though you are an adult, you must deal with children's problems.
C.
Because even though you are a teenager, you must do a lot of homework.
D.
Because adults often make them feel stressed.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第三四行Being a teenager is hard.You are not a child any more, but you are not an adult, even though you have to deal with some very grown-up problems and decisions.描述，可知即使你成为一个大人了，你还要处理一些孩子们的问题，故选B。
417
Families can add to the stress a teenager might experience ______.
A.
by asking them to go to university
B.
by helping them with their homework
C.
as teenagers quarrel with their parents, and their brothers or sisters
D.
as families never support their children enough
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文四五行Families can be one of the biggest causes of stress, such as problems with parents arguing at home.or problems with brothers and sisters.描述，可知年轻人由于会和家人吵架，这增加了他们的压力。故选C。
418
Why can finding a job after finishing school be difficult?
A.
Because there is a lot of competition for jobs.
B.
Because there are no jobs.
C.
Because a job is more difficult than school work.
D.
Because there is a lot of competition for places at university.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据短文倒数第四行There are so many young people finishing school and not enough jobs for them.描述，可知年轻人在找工作中面临很多的竞争，故选A。
419
We can deal with the stress in our life ______.
A.
by not trying to find a job
B.
by forgetting about our problems
C.
by getting a place at university
D.
by sharing our problems with our friends
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文最后一句A problem shared is a problem halved.描述，可知我们可以通过和朋友分享问题来缓解我们的压力，故选D。
An atlas is a book of maps. Atlases are made with different kinds of information about different parts and areas of a country or the world. They are prepared for desk use or travel use.
Desk atlases are made for different groups of people with different needs. For example, students may use desk atlases to help learn geography, and other people may use desk atlases to study a place. A popular type of the latest atlas shows the recent fact of the world. New atlases are often carefully produced to help people learn about the changes, such as the name changes, boundary(边界) changes and other important new information. A desk atlas can also have some different maps of the same place. For example, an atlas may include maps showing population and important products of a place.
Travel atlases usually show the information about both natural and man-made features(特点). So it is not surprising to find universities, airports, forests, rivers, roads as well as cities, towns and villages in them. A travel atlas is often the first thing people need when they want to start a trip in a strange place. It often has a map of a whole country, and a map with more special information of each important place in the country. Take the atlas of the United States as an example, it often has a map of the whole country and then a map of each of the fifty states.
A travel atlas may also point out the beautiful natural places. In the US, the atlas may include national parks such as the Yellow Stone Park and some others to show the beauty of nature and interesting places to tourists.
420
An atlas is ________according to the passage.
A.
a guide book
B.
a history book
C.
a collection of pictures
D.
a collection of maps
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第一段An atlas is a book of maps. Atlases are made with different kinds of information about different parts and areas of a country or the world.描述，可知这是一本地图集。故选D。
421
How many kinds of atlases are mentioned in the passage?
A.
One
B.
Two
C.
Three
D.
Many
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文二三四段Desk atlases are……Travel atlases usually show ……A travel atlas 描述，可知本文提到了三种地图集。故选B。
422
From the passage we know people need newly produced atlases because ________.
A.
they can't see the old ones clearly
B.
they like to buy different ones
C.
something has changed
D.
something is missing
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第二段A popular type of the latest atlas shows the recent fact of the world. New atlases are often carefully produced to help people learn about the changes, such as the name changes, boundary(边界) changes and other important new information.描述，可知选C。
423
According to the passage, people can find the information about ________in a travel atlas of Shanxi.
A.
the population of Shanxi
B.
the local products of Shanxi
C.
the Yellow Stone National Park
D.
Xi'an Jiaotong University
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第三段Travel atlases usually show the information about both natural and man-made features(特点). So it is not surprising to find universities,……描述，可知在山西旅行地图中能找到的是山西大学。故选D。选项AB不属于旅行地图的内容，选项C中黄石公园在美国。
Every day when Cora Castle, 14, from Indiana, US goes back home, she opens her computer and logs into a website（登录网站）called Fuel Up to Play 60.
She puts on what she has eaten and what kind of activities she has played that day. Then the site decides whether Castle has eaten healthily and done enough exercise.
All the seventh graders in Castle's school have done the same thing since the year started. It's part of their health class.
If the site finds her habits are unhealthy, it will give her advice. If she does something good, the website will give her a star.
Her health teacher set up a competition to see which student could get the most stars from the website. Castle has got 30 stars so far.
Cameron Bartlett said she liked tracking（跟踪）the food and activities. "This is the first year we've done it," she said. "It's really interesting to see all of the different choices that we have."
The seventh grade health class is coming to an end. They won't be in health class, but the students all said that they would go on to take part in the Fuel Up to Play 60.
"There's lots of bad food out there that we've all been eating," Bartlett said "This really helps all of us eat healthier food."
424
The passage is mainly about a website for helping people ________.
A.
win in competitions
B.
eat more healthy food
C.
do enough exercises
D.
have good living habits
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文第四段及下文描述,可知这个网站主要是帮助人们养成一个好习惯.故选D.
425
Castle logs into the health website because ________.
A.
it's part of her health class
B.
her teacher set up a competition
C.
she wants to know bad food
D.
she can get lots of stars from it
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据短文第三段描述,可知这是他们健康课程的一部分.故选A.
426
From the passage we learn that all students ________.
A.
are eating little bad food
B.
have their classes at home
C.
are interested in the website
D.
are clear about unhealthy food
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第三段All the seventh graders in Castle's school have done the same thing since the year started.及下文she said. "It's really interesting to see all of the different choices that we have."描述,可知学生们对这个网站很感兴趣.故选C.
According to one story the idea for making the first teddy bear came from a newspaper cartoon drawn in 1904. This cartoon showed President Teddy Roosevelt on a hunting trip refusing to shoot (射杀）a young bear. The young bear became a symbol for Teddy Roosevelt.
Morris Michtom owned a small candy and toy store in New York City. He and his wife made many of the toys they sold. When he saw the cartoon， he had a wonderful idea. He decided to make a toy bear with eyes and legs and arms that moved. The bear was put in the store window next to a copy of the cartoon. Mr . Michtom called it "Teddy's Bear".
Many of these bears were sold. The bears became so popular that Mr . Michtom thought he might need President Roosevelt' permission to use his name. He wrote to the president and sent him a "Teddy Bear". The president answered，saying that Mr. Michtom could use his name.
Mr . Michtom borrowed money so that he could make thousands of toy bears. His company became the Ideal Toy Corporation. Today this is one of the biggest toy companies in the United States.
427
People will remember Morris Michtom because he was_______
A.
a candy store owner
B.
a toy store owner
C.
the inventor of the teddy bear
D.
Teddy Roosevelt' friend
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
通读全篇我们会知道人们会记得莫里斯·米奇汤姆因为他是泰迪熊的发明者，故答案选C。
428
The idea for making the first teddy bear came from________
A.
a movie
B.
a magazine story
C.
a TV advertisement
D.
a newspaper cartoon
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据According to one story the idea for making the first teddy bear came from a newspaper cartoon drawn in 1904.可知。
429
From this passage we can see that________
A.
many people liked Teddy Roosevelt
B.
many people did not like Teddy Roosevelt
C.
President Roosevelt cared only about important people
D.
President Roosevelt did not like young bears
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据最后一段米奇汤姆的公司成为理想玩具公司。今天，这是一个在美国最大的玩具公司。可推知许多人喜欢泰迪罗斯福。
Green is an important color in nature. It is the color of grass and the leaves on trees. It is the color of most growing plants, too.
Sometimes, the word green means young, fresh and growing. Sometimes, it describes something that is not yet finished or plants that are not ripe.
For example, a greenhorn is someone who has no experience, who is new to a situation. In the fifteenth century, a greenhorn was a young cow or ox whose horns had not yet developed. A century or so later, a greenhorn was a soldier who had not yet had any experience in war (战争). By the eighteenth century, a greenhorn had the meaning it has today--a person who is new in a job.
About one hundred years ago, greenhorn was a popular expression in the American west. Old-timers used it to describe a man who had just arrived from one of the big cities in the east. The greenhorn didn't have the skills that he would need to live in the hard, rough country.
Someone who has the ability to grow plants well is said to have a green thumb. The expression comes from the early nineteen hundreds.
A person with a green thumb seems to have a magic touch that makes plants grow quickly and well. You might say that the woman next door has a green thumb if her garden continues to grow long after your plants have died.
The Green Revolution (革命) is the name which was given some years ago to the development of new kinds of rice and other grains. The new plants produced much larger crops. The Green Revolution was the result of hard work by agricultural (农业的) scientists who had green thumbs.
430
According to the passage, a greenhorn means________ now.
A.
a young cow or ox whose horns have not yet developed
B.
a soldier who has not had any experience in war
C.
a person who is new in a job
D.
a man who doesn't have the skills to live in the country
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段末By the eighteenth century, a greenhorn had the meaning it has today--a person who is new in a job.可知该选C.
431
The meaning of the underlined word "ripe" in the second paragraph is ________.
A.
未完成的
B.
成熟的
C.
青涩的
D.
老练的
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据前面的句子Sometimes, the word green means young, fresh and growing. Sometimes, it describes something that is not yet finished可推知该选B.
432
Which of the following about the Green Revolution is NOT right?
A.
If there weren't the Green Revolution, we would have no rice to eat.
B.
The expression "the Green Revolution" appeared several years ago.
C.
Because of the Green Revolution, we have more kinds of rice and other grains.
D.
Agricultural scientists with green thumbs started the Green Revolution.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据最后一段The Green Revolution (革命) is the name which was given some years ago to the development of new kinds of rice and other grains. The new plants produced much larger crops. The Green Revolution was the result of hard work by agricultural (农业的) scientists who had green thumbs.可知该选A.
433
We can know from the passage that _______.
A.
all growing plants is green
B.
green is the most important color in nature
C.
a person with a green thumb can make plants grow well
D.
the expression "a green thumb" has a history of two hundred years
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文最后The new plants produced much larger crops. The Green Revolution was the result of hard work by agricultural (农业的) scientists who had green thumbs.可知该选C.
434
The main idea of the passage is ________.
A.
a greenhorn
B.
a green thumb
C.
the Green Revolution
D.
the word "green" and its story
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
主旨大意题。读短文可知本文主要介绍了单词"绿色"以及它的故事，所以该选D.
Computers are good tools(工具）.The Internet is also good. But some people spend too much time online. They can't stop. Doctors say this is a new sickness. They call this sickness Internet Addiction Disorder (互联网成瘾症）（IAD).
People with IAD are online a lot. They spend hours chatting to their friends or playing online games. Many people with IAD spend more time on the Internet than with family or friends. Some people with IAD even quit(辞掉)their jobs!
Do you have IAD? Think about these questions：How many hours a day are you online? Is it a lot or a little? When you are not online，are you thinking about playing a computer game or checking your messages? When you are online，do you forget the time? Do you get angry when you can't play a game?
If you have IAD，what can you do? Dr. Ivan Goldberg and Dr. Kimberly S.Young have some ideas. First，ask yourself "Why am I online a lot?" Then try to take a break. For example，use the computer or play games twice a week，not every day. In this way，you can have a good social life with other friends.
435
The passage is mainly about________
A.
a new sickness
B.
an online game
C.
messages
D.
computer jobs
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
本文主要围绕着一种新的疾病——互联网成瘾症展开论述的，故选项A符合题意。
436
If you have Internet Addiction Disorder (IAD)，you are_______
A.
online for an hour a week
B.
send e-mall messages at work
C.
are on the Internet more than with friends
D.
never use the computer
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
由"Many people with IAD spend more time on the Internet than with family or friends."可知。
437
According to the passage，which is NOT a sign of IAD?
A.
Quitting your job to spend more time online.
B.
Spending time with family and friends.
C.
Forgetting the time when you are online.
D.
Getting angry when you can，t play a game.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
A、C、D三项文章中都进行了列举，只有B项不是互联网成瘾症的表现。
438
Ivan Goldberg and Kimberly S. Young_______
A.
quit their jobs
B.
are online a lot
C.
have IAD
D.
help people with IAD
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据"If you have IAD，what can you do?Dr. Ivan Goldberg and Dr. Kimberly S.Young have some ideas."可知。
If you plan to take your pet on a trip，prepare ahead of time. At least two weeks before you leave，take your pet to a vet. See if he or she is tit for travel and ask if he or she should have any medicine before leaving. The vet may suggest certain pills for sickness or for calming the pet.
Some states or foreign countries have health laws that say animals must have certain injections(注射)before they can be allowed to enter. Your vet may have this information. You can also get help on the United States and Canadian laws from a book published by the Department of Agriculture which some libraries have. For information on foreign countries， check with their consulates (领事馆).You can also ask the airlines on which you are travelling.
Find out if the places where you plan to stay allow pets because many do not.
If you are going by plane or train，ask if pets are allowed. If they are，ask where they will be kept and who will care for them. The big bus lines in this country do not allow pets.
Choose your pet's box carefully. Plastic boxes are better than cardboard or wooden ones because they can' be chewed(嚼碎).
If going by plane or train during warm weather，try to go in the cooler early morning or evening hours. Also try to avoid (避免)very cold winter weather because pets often suffer from cold. Even in your own car， be careful. Do not leave the animal inside with the windows closed because the car may become too hot or too cold.
439
The main idea of this passage is to_________
A.
warn people to leave their pets at home
B.
give general information about pet travel
C.
tell people how to choose their pet boxes
D.
tell people about foreign pet laws
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
通读全文我们知道文章主要观点是给出了带宠物旅行的一些一般信息。
440
When taking a pet on a trip，a pet owner________
A.
doesn' need to make any special plans
B.
should stay at friends' homes
C.
should make plans before leaving home
D.
should travel by bus instead of plane
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据"If you plan to take your pet on a trip，prepare ahead of time."这句可知。
441
From the passage，we can learn that________
A.
it costs too much to take pets on trips
B.
some pets may not be well enough to travel
C.
all train lines treat pets exactly the same
D.
pets are welcome everywhere
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
通读全文知一些宠物不适合旅行。
442
Which person would be the most interested in this passage?
A.
A vet.
B.
A pet owner .
C.
A bus driver.
D.
A pet shop owner.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
通读全文知宠物的主人会对这篇文章感兴趣。
In the United States, every year, Thanks-giving Day is on the fourth Thursday in November. Because Canada is on the north of the United States, and is colder, the harvest comes earlier(更早) in the year. In Canada, people have Thanksgiving Day on the second Monday in October.
The harvest brings a lot of food to the people. On Thanksgiving Day people in Canada and America like to have a big meal with their friends and family just like Chinese people do at Mid-autumn festival. Many Canadians and Americans put flowers, vegetables and fruits around their homes to say "Thank you" for the harvest. At a Thanksgiving Day dinner, many Canadians and Americans will eat turkey, potatoes, and pumpkin pie. These are food like the food of many years ago. They are saying "Thank you" for the harvest that comes every year.
443
____________ celebrates the Thanksgiving Day like the U.S.
A.
China
B.
Canada
C.
Korea
D.
Japan
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段In Canada, people have Thanksgiving Day on the second Monday in October.描述，可知加拿大也庆祝感恩节。故选B。
444
In Canada, Thanksgiving Day is __________________.
A.
on the fourth Thursday in November
B.
on the second Monday in October
C.
on the second Thursday in November
D.
on the fourth Monday in October
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段In Canada, people have Thanksgiving Day on the second Monday in October.描述，可知加拿大的感恩节在十月的第二个星期一，故选B。
445
At a Thanksgiving Day dinner, many Canadians and Americans will eat_____________.
A.
chicken, potatoes, and pumpkin pie.
B.
turkey, tomatoes, and pumpkin pie.
C.
turkey, potatoes, and apple pie.
D.
turkey, potatoes, and pumpkin pie.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文第二段At a Thanksgiving Day dinner, many Canadians and Americans will eat turkey, potatoes, and pumpkin pie.描述，可知在感恩节晚宴上人们会吃火鸡，土豆和南瓜饼。故选D。
446
Why people celebrate the Thanksgiving Day?
A.
Because people want to have a big meal.
B.
Because people want to eat turkey, potatoes and pumping pie.
C.
Because people want to get together with their friends and family.
D.
Because people want to say "Thank you" for the harvest.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文最后一句They are saying "Thank you" for the harvest that comes every year.描述，可知他们主要是为了表达对每年的收获的感谢。故选D。
447
Which of the following is TRUE?
A.
Canada has Thanksgiving earlier in the year because the harvest comes earlier.
B.
The harvest doesn't bring a lot of food to the people.
C.
Canada is on the south of the United States.
D.
People are saying "Hello" for the harvest on Thanks-giving Day.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第一段Because Canada is on the north of the United States, and is colder, the harvest comes earlier(更早) in the year. 描述，可知在加拿大感恩节比美国要早。故选A。
In England , afternoon tea is the most informal (非正式）meal of a day .It is taken between four and five. If you are a friend of the family, you may come for tea at any time. Very often it is not taken at a table. The members of the family and visitors take the tea in the sitting room. Each person has a cup and saucer (茶盘), a spoon (调羹) and a small plate for bread and butter (黄油) and cakes. By the way, do not help yourself to cakes first, bread and butter first, and then cake. Do remember: Though you can eat as much as you want, do not put more than（超过） one piece of bread or cake on your plate each time.
448
In England, afternoon tea is usually taken ________ .
A.
between breakfast and lunch
B.
in the middle of day
C.
early in the afternoon
D.
late in the afternoon
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
从第一段的句子：It is taken between four and five.可知下午茶是午后喝的。选 D
449
A real English afternoon tea has___________.
A.
tea only
B.
both tea and food
C.
tea food and vegetables
D.
the same things as other meals
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
从文章的句子：Each person has a cup and saucer (茶盘), a spoon (调羹) and a small plate for bread and butter (黄油) and cakes.可知下午茶有茶也有食物。选B
450
If you want to have afternoon tea in a friend's home, _______________.
A.
you must send a message before you go
B.
you must take food with you
C.
you may go only when you're asked to
D.
you may go at any time
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
从文章的句子：Though you can eat as much as you want, do not put more than（超过） one piece of bread or cake on your plate each time.可知每次盘子里只能有一块面包或蛋糕。选D。
451
Help yourself to ______________.
A.
cake first
B.
bread-and-butter first
C.
either bread first or cake first
D.
only one piece of bread or cake
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
从文章的句子：do not help yourself to cakes first, bread and butter first,可知要先吃面包和黄油。选B
452
Which of the following is NOT true?
A.
People don't use the same spoon for afternoon tea.
B.
Afternoon tea is often taken in the sitting room.
C.
For afternoon tea, people use cups only.
D.
Afternoon tea is often taken with bread and cake.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
从文章的句子：Each person has a cup and saucer (茶盘), a spoon (调羹) and a small plate 可知除了杯子还有勺子和盘子。选C
American schools begin in September after a long summer holiday.There are two terms in a school year,the first term is from September to January,and the second is from February to June.Most American children begin to go to school when they are five years old.Most students are seventeen or eighteen years old when they finish high school.
High school students take only four or five subjects(科目)each term.They usually go to the same class every day,and they have homework for every class.After class they do many interesting things.After high school,many students go to college.They can go to a small one or a large one.They usually have to give a lot of money.So many college students work after class to get the money for their studies.
453
Most American children go to school when they are _________ years old
A.
four.
B.
five .
C.
six.
D.
seven .
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段Most American children begin to go to school when they are five years old描述，可知美国孩子大部分在五岁开始上学,故选B。
454
High school students ______ after class .
A.
do a lot of homework.
B.
do many interesting things.
C.
often sing songs.
D.
do lots of reading.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第二段After class they do many interesting things.描述，可知美国高中生在课后做很多事情.故选B。
455
After high school , many students _________ .
A.
begin to work.
B.
stay at home.
C.
go to college.
D.
visit their friends.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第三段After high school, many students go to college.描述，可知美国学生高中毕业后,很多人上大学,故选C。
456
Many college students work after class because _________
A.
they want to get some money for their studies .
B.
they don' t have anything to do .
C.
their parents ask them for money.
D.
their teachers ask them to do so .
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第三段Many college students work after class to get some money for their studies.描述，可知他们课后工作的目的是为了上学挣点钱,故选A。
457
From the passage we know that in America a summer holiday begins in _________ .
A.
January
B.
September.
C.
February
D.
July
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第一段The first term is from September to January, and the second is from February to June.描述，可知美国的暑假在六月开始，故选D。
The willful blindness in hockey toward concussions (头部撞击) has dropped. Hockey Canada has followed the lead of USA Hockey in preventing bodychecking (身体拦截) below age 13. A bad head injury of Sidney Crosby, the hockey's greatest star, opened the eyes of hockey people everywhere. This country's children have been facing similar danger at early ages, and Hockey Canada had to deal with a deep worry in the minds of Canadians to make the rule change. The liking for bodychecking from an early age is part of what makes Canadian hockey what it is.
The change in rules should be taken as a chance to draw special attention to skill development in an environment free of danger. It may also control the loss of thousands of young players who don't enjoy that environment.
For years, many Canadian hockey parents and coaches have insisted that bodychecking at early ages is necessary to ensure that players can do it safely at older ages. True or not, there may be a safer way to teach hitting than to make younger players pay a price for it in head injuries. When USA Hockey changed its rules for the 2011-2012 season, it also created bodychecking-education programs that will be mandatory(强制的) for all coaches, including those teaching players in the pre-checking ages. And it began to encourage more "touch" - without real bodychecking - from 9 t0 12. It also made the rules for 13 and up stricter. The USA is trying to show that it's possible to teach hockey protective skills without putting11 and 12-year-olds in greater danger. It's worth the try.
Hockey Canada has taken serious steps to do away with hits on the head. However, it's hard to change a sports culture so connected with who we are as a country. Too often, bodychecking has been used to try to separate a player from his head rather than from the ball. Children were paying a price for this country's love of the game.
There are always changes in Canada's game, and the change in the bodychecking age sends the clearest message yet to coaches and parents that player safety is paramount(至上的) in the game.
458
We can tell that the problem of bodychecking in Canada____________.
A.
is controlled strictly
B.
is taken more seriously now
C.
is caused by players' carelessness
D.
is connected with players' interest
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
这是一道细节推断题，根据全文第一句"The willful blindness in hockey toward concussions (头部撞击) has dropped."可知B为正确答案
459
What does the writer want to tell us in Paragraph 2?
A.
The safe ways of controlling the loss.
B.
The steps of drawing special attention.
C.
The possible results of changing the rules.
D.
The methods of improving the environment.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
这是一道段落主旨题。答案提示在第2段的第一句。The change in rules should be taken as a chance to ...free of danger. 该句的关键词chance 对应C答案中的possible, to draw special attention to skill development in…是result ,故选C.
460
What can we learn from the passage?
A.
The USA found a safer way to teach bodychecking.
B.
Bodychecking-education programs in the USA are successful.
C.
Bodychecking is a good way to value players' skills in the USA.
D.
The USA has tried to create an environment of less bodychecking.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
这是一道推断题，根据第三段最后两句话可知D表达的意思合理
461
What is probably the best title' for this passage?
A.
Which is more important?
B.
How do we change the rules?
C.
Why is hockey a dangerous game?
D.
When should bodychecking be prevented?
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
这是一个全文主旨题，选best title, 答案提示0在文章最后一段，即最后一句，该句说the change sends the clearest message yet to coaches and parents that player safety is paramount in the game. 变化传递了一个再清楚不过的信息，那就是球员的安全至上，这个意思对应了A 选项的important 这个意思，故选A。
Put 2 February in your diary! It is World Wetlands Day! It marks the date that the Convention(公约) on Wetlands was signed(签署)in1971.This special day was first celebrated in 1997 and it is celebrated every year.
The celebration is a call for action. It is a way to show people how important and useful the wetlands are for people. On World Wetlands Day, people around the world take part in many wetlands activities. People take trips to the local wetlands. There are talks about how important the wetlands are. People get together to clean up their local wetlands
Children draw pictures to advertise the day. People also compete(比赛)in boat races.
The World Wetlands Day is important! If there are no wetlands, there will be no water for anyone in the future. Wetlands help protect nature and resources(资源)like fresh water. Already, more than 10000 million people in the world do not have fresh water.
Many people do not know how important the wetlands are. They can understand why an elephant or a tiger is important because they are big, beautiful animals. It is much harder for them to understand how important the animals in the wetlands are. These small animals,such as frogs and snails, play a very important part in keeping the balance of nature.
All plants and animals are part of the food chain(链).If the small wetlands animals die, some animals in the food chain will have nothing to eat. They will also die. People need the wetlands to keep the balance of nature in the world. If we do not protect nature today，it will be gone tomorrow.
462
What should you put in your diary?
A.
Some frogs.
B.
The date of World Wetlands Day.
C.
1971
D.
Any special day.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段中的"Put 2 February in your diary! It is World Wetlands Day!"可知。故选B。
463
Where do people celebrate World Wetlands Day?
A.
All over the world.
B.
In ships
C.
At home.
D.
In their own way.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第二段中的"On World Wetlands Day, people around the world takepart in many wetlands activities."可知全世界的人们都在庆祝这个节日，故选A。
464
Which of the following sentences is NOT true?
A.
People celebrate World Wetlands Day by taking part in competitions.
B.
People celebrate World Wetlands Day by taking hips to local wetlands.
C.
People celebrate World Wetlands Day by listening to talks about the wetlands.
D.
People celebrate World Wetlands Day by talking about the weather.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第二段中的"On World Wetlands Day, people around the world take part in many wetlands activities. People take trips to the local wetlands. There are talks about how important the wetlands are. "可知A、B、C三个选项是正确的，故选D。
465
Why are small animals important?
A.
They are part of the balance of nature and the food chain.
B.
They are beautiful.
C.
Bigger animals are eaten by them
D.
Without them, there may be no water.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第四段中的最后一句话"These small animals,such as frogs and snails, play a very important part in keeping the balance of nature."可知，小动物在维持自然界平衡中起着重要的作用，故选A。
466
Which of the following might be the best title of the article?
A.
Wetlands Are Important
B.
Small Animals Are Also Important
C.
World Wetlands Day
D.
Food Chain
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
通读全文可知，本文主要通过世界湿地日向我们说明了湿地在人们生活中的重要作用，故选A。
Gao Wenqi, 49, owner of a restaurant in Xi'an, Shanxi, started to offer a new service on April 13, 2013: suspended meals (待用快餐). Now many restaurants in China, such as in Henan,Chongqing and Yunnan, have joined the program.
You can pay 10 yuan for a meal, which should be sold at 16, and leave it at the restaurant. Then other people in need, such as the disabled（残疾人）， the poor elderly or homeless children,can have it without paying.
This idea comes from the cafes (咖啡馆) in Naples, Italy. It's a tradition that someone there pays in advance for an extra (额外的) cup or two. Then another coffee-drinker can take them for free.
"The program is meaningful. It offers help with dignity（尊严），" said Gao to Xinhua. However, people are worried that someone who is able to pay would also ask for the suspended meals, so there should be rules for this program.
467
According to the passage, this program may possibly take place ___________.
A.
in a restaurant
B.
at a bus station
C.
in a school
D.
on a train
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第一段Now many restaurants in China, such as in Henan,Chongqing and Yunnan, have joined the program.描述，可知这个项目主要是在饭店进行，故选A。
468
The suspended meals are offered to ___________.
A.
students
B.
workers
C.
people in need
D.
the rich
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第二段描述，可知这些待用快餐主要是提供给那些需要帮助的人。故选C。
469
The underlined phrase "in advance" in the third paragraph means "___________" in Chinese.
A.
滞后
B.
预先
C.
优先
D.
胜过
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系下文for an extra (额外的) cup or two 描述，可知此处指的是提前支付一杯或者两杯的钱。故选B。
470
It's said that the idea of "suspended meals" comes from ___________.
A.
Italy
B.
the U.S.
C.
Canada
D.
China
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据This idea comes from the cafes (咖啡馆) in Naples, Italy. 描述，可知选A。
471
Which of the following is NOT true?
A.
Someone who is unable to pay can ask for the suspended meals.
B.
The program is meaningful and it offers help with dignity.
C.
Gao Wenqi's restaurant joined the program on April 13， 2013.
D.
All customers must pay an extra meal at the restaurant.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文描述，可知选项ABC都与原文描述一致，联系生活常识，可知这应该是一种顾客的自愿行为，故选项D描述错误。
In England, some food companies across the whole country have been told to carry out urgent (紧急的) tests on all beef products. Do you know why? That's because some food companies used horsemeat to make beef products.
There are some examples about the horsemeat matter. In January, 2013, in a number of UK supermarkets, frozen hamburgers were found to have traces of horsemeat in them. Some frozen beef products made by food company FINDUS were found to contain horsemeat. All of the beef products made by this company have been removed from sale.
The government said that there's nothing to suggest any health risk from the products. Food minister David Heath said people should not throw away frozen meat products and carry on eating meat. The government will tell people not to eat meat if the meat is not safe.
Food safety has been an important matter all over the world. More and more countries plan to take some useful measures to ensure the safety of food.
472
In England, some food companies have been told to ________urgently.
A.
stop making beef products
B.
test all their beef products
C.
test all their products
D.
remove all their products from sale
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段In England, some food companies across the whole country have been told to carry out urgent (紧急的) tests on all beef products. 描述，可知选B。
473
What else did some food companies use to make beef products in England according to the passage?
A.
Horsemeat.
B.
Beef.
C.
Fish.
D.
Chicken.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第一段That's because some food companies used horsemeat to make beef products.描述，可知选A。
474
What does "traces" mean in the second paragraph?
A.
描绘
B.
追踪
C.
痕迹
D.
探索
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
联系后一句描述，可知此处指的是在他们中发现了马肉的痕迹，故选C。
475
What should people do with meat products according to David Heath's suggestions?
A.
Send them back to the food companies
B.
Throw them away.
C.
Never eat them
D.
Go on eating them.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第三段Food minister David Heath said people should not throw away frozen meat products and carry on eating meat.描述，可知选D。
476
More and more countries plan to take some useful measures to ensure _______________.
A.
horsemeat out of products
B.
the food safety
C.
the test food
D.
the food sale
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据最后一段More and more countries plan to take some useful measures to ensure the safety of food. 描述，可知选B。
Three boys, Tom, Sam and Jim bought seventeen apples. Tom wanted the half (一半). Sam wanted one-third (三分之一)，and Jim wanted one-ninth (九分之一)? But they didn't know how to do.
Just at that time,a little boy came with an apple in his hand. The boy said to them, "Don't worry. Let me help you" Then he put his apple into their apples, and made the number of the apples eighteen. Then he gave Tom nine apples, he gave Sam six apples,and he gave Jim two apples. He gave away seventeen apples and took his apple back.
The three boys were very happy. And they said: "How clever the boy is!"
477
There were___apples when the three boys divided(分配）them.
A.
fifteen
B.
sixteen
C.
seventeen
D.
eighteen
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第一段Three boys, Tom, Sam and Jim bought seventeen apples. 描述，可知他们有七个苹果，故选C。
478
What was the three boys' problem?
A.
They couldn't eat the apples.
B.
They couldn't go home.
C.
They couldn't divide the apples.
D.
They wanted to borrow some apples,
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第一段But they didn't know how to do.描述，可知他们的问题是不知道如何分苹果。故选C。
479
What did the little boy do to help them?
A.
He put his apple into theirs when he divided the apples.
B.
He kept an apple to divide the apples.
C.
He got one apple from another man.
D.
He ate an apple before he divided them.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第二段Then he put his apple into their apples, and made the number of the apples eighteen.描述，可知这个小男孩把自己的一个苹果放入他们的中国中，故选A。
480
Which one is right?
A.
The three boys asked the little boy to divide their apples.
B.
The little boy told them how to divide their apples.
C.
The little boy wanted to help them.
D.
The little boy wanted to take away their apples.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第二段The boy said to them, "Don't worry. Let me help you"描述，可知这个小男孩想帮助他们。故选C。
481
The underlined sentence "How clever the boy is!" means __________in Chinese.
A.
这个男孩是多么地感激啊！
B.
他怎么样才能聪明啊！
C.
这是一个什么样的男孩啊！
D.
多么聪明的男孩啊！
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据本文描述，可知这是一个很聪明的小男孩，故选D。
The Chinese New Year is the most important festival for the Chinese people. It usually comes in January or February. It takes about 15 days to prepare for it.
On the eve of the festival, people close the shops and stay at home. They all get together for a big dinner. They stay up late and enjoy dumplings at midnight for good luck.
In the morning, people dress in their best clothes, and usually the old stay at home, the young go out to pay a New Year Call(拜年). It is an important time for the young. The young people bow(鞠躬）to the old people. The Chinese call this "Ke Tou". This means "touching the ground with the forehead(额头)". Then the young people give their best wishes to the old people. The old people give children gifts or lucky money.
They are very polite(礼貌）and do not use bad words on the Spring Festival Day. It，s the most important day of the year.
482
‘The Chinese New Year" in the passage means "____________" .
A.
Mid-autumn Festival
B.
the Spring Festival
C.
Christmas Day
D.
the Dragon Boat Festival
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段It usually comes in January or February.它通常在一月或者二月，可知这指的是中国的春节，故选B。
483
It takes about to get ready for the Chinese New Year.
A.
a few days
B.
twelve days
C.
half a month
D.
three weeks
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第一段It takes about 15 days to prepare for it.描述，可知人们通常用半个月的时间准备春节，故选C。
484
On the eve of lunar New Year, Chinese people stay up late and eat dumplings because
A.
they're hungry
B.
they want to get good luck
C.
they like Chinese food very much
D.
they want to read books
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第二段They stay up late and enjoy dumplings at midnight for good luck.描述，可知他们守夜是为了获得好运。故选B。
485
From this passage we can know that give children gifts or lucky money.
A.
the teachers
B.
their friends
C.
the old people
D.
their brothers
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文The old people give children gifts or lucky money. 描述，可知老人们给孩子们压岁钱。故选C。
486
On the Spring Festival Day, what do people usually say to each other when they meet?
A.
How are you?
B.
Merry Christmas.
C.
Good morning.
D.
Happy the Spring Festival.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
这篇短文主要介绍的是中国的春节，故用人们见面一般说过年好，选D。
Traffic lights are very important for us. I think you know this. But do you know how they were born?
Garrett A. Morgan was the father of traffic lights. He was an American. His family was very poor. He left school at the age of 14. He was clever. He always looked for better ways to do things. And he liked to make new things.
At that time, every American wanted to have a car. The streets were full of cars. The traffic was really bad. "Why not put three lights at each corner ? They should be red,green,and yellow，" Morgan said , " Let them tell cars to go or stop." He made a timer (定时器)to change the lights.
So we have traffic lights today .
487
Today _________can help buses or cars to go regularly in cities .
A.
Americans
B.
Traffic lights
C.
Chinese
D.
policemen
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
通过阅读短文,可知红绿灯有助于车辆在城市中有规律的通行.故选B.交通灯,红绿灯.
488
Garrett A.Morgan was the father of traffic lights. He came from ________.
A.
Canada
B.
England
C.
America
D.
Japan
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第二段Garrett A. Morgan was the father of traffic lights. He was an American.描述,可知他来自美国,.故选C.
489
Why could Garrett A. Morgan invent traffic lights? Because________.
A.
he always looked for better ways to do things
B.
his family was very poor
C.
he wanted to have a car
D.
He was clever
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第二短文He always looked for better ways to do things. 描述,可知他总是在探索做事的更好的办法.故选A.
490
What did Garrett A.Morgan do when he was 14 years old ?
A.
He studied at school.
B.
He put three lights in the street.
C.
He was away from school.
D.
The streets were full of cars.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第二段He left school at the age of 14. 描述,可知他在十四岁时离开了学校.故选C.
491
What color are the traffic lights ? They are ________.
A.
green and white
B.
red and yellow
C.
red , green and yellow.
D.
red and green
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第三段They should be red,green,and yellow，描述,可知红绿灯有红绿黄三种颜色,故选C.
If someone says to you: "give me five", do not search your pocket to get five yuan! It will make others laugh! The person's not asking for your money, but your fingers.
In the US, "give me five" or "give me the high five" is a popular gesture (动作). You can see it often in films or on TV. It means the slapping (拍) of each other's raised (举起的) right hands together.
People do it when they meet for the first time or something happy happens. For example, a student has good marks in exams or wins a lottery ticket (彩票). If a football team wins a game, the players will give high fives to everyone around to celebrate.
This gesture may come from the old Roman gesture of raising the right arm for the emperor(皇帝). This showed that the person raising his arm did not have a sword (刀) in his hand.
Why not try to give the high five to your friends?
492
"Give me five" is a gesture to __________.
A.
make people laugh
B.
ask for money
C.
celebrate success
D.
search one's pocket
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第三段描述，可知这是一个庆祝胜利的手势，故选C。
493
The gesture "give me five" is the clapping of __________.
A.
toes
B.
hands
C.
arms
D.
legs
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第二段根据图片提示，可知此处指的是孩子们互击双手。故选B。
494
When you __________, you give your friends high five.
A.
lose your money
B.
go back home
C.
win a football game
D.
do badly in exam
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据People do it when they meet for the first time or something happy happens.描述，此处指的是当你赢得足球比赛时，故选C。
495
Why did the Romans raise the right arm for the emperor? Because __________.
A.
they were proud of their emperor
B.
they were happy to see the emperor
C.
they wanted to show there were no swords in their hands
D.
we don't know
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据This showed that the person raising his arm did not have a sword ( 剑 ) in his hand.描述，可知是因为他们想表明他们手中没有剑，故选C。
For many years, no one could communicate with people who had been born without hearing. These deaf people were not able to use a spoken language.
But, beginning in the 1700s, the deaf were taught a special language. Using the language, they could share thoughts and ideas with others. The language they used was a language without sound. It was a sign language.
How did this sign language work? The deaf were taught to make certain movements using their hands, faces, and bodies. These movements stood for things and ideas. People might move their forefingers across their lips. This meant, "You are not telling the truth." They might tap their chins with three fingers. This meant, "my uncle".
The deaf were also taught to use a finger alphabet(字母表). They used their fingers to make the letters of the alphabet. In this way, they spelled out words. Some deaf people could spell out words at a speed of 130 words per minute.
Sign language and finger spelling are not used as much as they once were. Today the deaf are taught to understand others by watching their lips. They are taught how to speak.
496
In the 1700s, the deaf were taught __________.
A.
to speak
B.
to watch others
C.
a sign language
D.
a spoken language
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第二段But, beginning in the 1700s, the deaf were taught a special language. 描述，可知笼子被传授了一种手语，故选C。
497
The word forefingers in paragraph 3 means__________.
A.
the finger next to the thumb (拇指)
B.
three fingers
C.
a language
D.
hands
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
联系下文This meant, "You are not telling the truth."结合常识，用食指横在嘴前面表示你在说话的意思，故选A，食指。
498
On the whole the story is about __________.
A.
how the deaf communicate
B.
learning to spell
C.
teaching the deaf to speak
D.
writing sign languages
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
这篇短文主要谈论了聋哑人是如何交流的问题，故选A。
499
Which of these sentences do you think is RIGHT?
A.
Deaf people draw signs
B.
Deaf people can't use their fingers.
C.
Many deaf people now can speak
D.
Deaf people speak with their fingers.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文描述，可知聋哑人是不能用语言交流的，在学了手语之后，他们可以用手势提问题，故选D，聋哑人用手指说话（交流）。
In America, just as in Europe, men usually open doors for women, and women always walk ahead of men into a room or a restaurant, unless the men have to be ahead of the ladies to choose the table, to open the door of a car or do some other things like the above. On the street, men almost always walk or cross the street on the closer side of the ladies to the traffic. But if a man walks with two ladies, he should walk between them. Then if the host or hostess or both of them come in a car to get their guest for dinner, the guest should sit at the front seat and leave the back seat though there're no people sitting on it.
500
In America, men usually_________.
A.
walk ahead of women
B.
eat in a restaurant
C.
walk behind women
D.
drive a car to work
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第一二行In America, just as in Europe, men usually open doors for women, and women always walk ahead of men into a room or a restaurant,描述,可知男人们通常走在女人后面.故选C.
501
In the street, men __________.
A.
cross the street
B.
walk on the right side of the ladies
C.
walk near the ladies
D.
walk on the closer side of the ladies to the traffic
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文第三四行On the street, men almost always walk or cross the street on the closer side of the ladies to the traffic.描述,可知男人们通常走在靠近车流的一侧.故选D.
502
If a man walks with two ladies, he should _________.
A.
walk between them
B.
run before them
C.
follow them
D.
go away
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据短文第四行But if a man walks with two ladies, he should walk between them.,描述,可知这个男人应该走在他们中间.故选A.
503
If a man asks you to speak at a meeting, first you should say,"______".
A.
How are you?
B.
Is everyone here?
C.
Ladies and gentlemen
D.
How do you do?
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据本文主旨,可知主要是讲述如何尊重女性.结合常识,可知在发言时,先要对听众进行问候,英语中一般把女士放在前面,故选C,女士们,先生们.
504
If Mrs. Green invites you to her house in a car, you should________.
A.
jump into the car
B.
sit at the front seat
C.
sit at the back seat
D.
drive the car
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文后两行描述,可知你应该坐在前排座位.故选B.
My friend, Victor, is a zoo keeper in the National Zoo. His work is very interesting but it is hard. Sometimes it is dangerous, too. Every morning the zoo keepers have to get up at five to prepare the food for the animals. Each kind of animal is given special food. For example, the lions must be given meat; the deer must be given grass and leaves; and the parrots must be given fruit and nuts. Sometimes some animals won't let the others eat their food. If this happens, each of them must be fed separately (分离地).
Every morning each cage must be washed by the zoo keepers. This can be dangerous, especially with lions and tigers. To make the work easier, the animals are locked in the sleeping compartments (隔间) while the cages are being washed. When the animals are sick, the zoo keepers must look after them. Each sick animal is kept in a separate cage and given medicine. Sometimes they must be given injections. It is not easy to inject a sick lion!
All the keepers live near the zoo. Each of them has a small house. There he lives with his family. They do not have holidays on Sundays and public holidays. Instead, each of them has a day off during the week. Each keeper has a holiday on a different day from that of the other keepers.
The most important job of the keepers is to look after the safety of the visitors. People must be prevented from doing dangerous things. Many people have been injured because they did careless things, like putting their hands into the lion's cage.
505
What kind of food must be given to the animals like tigers, lions and bears?
A.
Nuts.
B.
Fruit.
C.
Meat.
D.
Grass and leaves.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第三行for example, the lions must be given meat; 描述,及常识可知老虎,狮子和狗熊吃肉,故选C.
506
Some animals must be fed separately because _______.
A.
they eat special food
B.
they often quarrel with each other while eating
C.
they always cause the zoo keepers much trouble
D.
they won't let the others eat their food
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文第四五行Sometimes some animals won't let the others eat their food. If this happens, each of them must be fed separately (分离地).描述,可知一些动物必须分开为食,因为他们不愿意其他动物吃他们的食物.故选D.
507
When an animal is sick, it must be _______.
A.
taken out of the cage
B.
put separately and taken good care of
C.
given an injection
D.
locked in a sleeping compartment
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第二段When the animals are sick, the zoo keepers must look after them. Each sick animal is kept in a separate cage and given medicine. 描述,可知如果动物生病了,他们必须分开饲养并且要得到很好地照顾.故选B.
508
All the zoo keepers must work _______.
A.
seven days a week
B.
on Saturdays
C.
on special festivals
D.
on weekdays
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第二段They do not have holidays on Sundays and public holidays. Instead, each of them has a day off during the week. Each keeper has a holiday on a different day from that of the other keepers. 描述,可知动物园管理员在一些特殊的节日期间必须工作.故选C.
509
The underlined word "injured" in the last paragraph (段落) means _______.
A.
hurt
B.
beaten
C.
killed
D.
caught
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
联系前一句People must be prevented from doing dangerous things.及下文 like putting their hands into the lion's cage.描述,可知此处指的是受伤的意思,故选A.
Wildwood School Library Guide
This will offer you some information about our school library.You can use this guide to help your kids use our library.
Service hours:
3:00 pm—5:30 pm on school days;8:30 am—11：00 am on weekends
On school days,your kids may borrow or return books during opening hours only when his classroom teacher allows him to.At the weekend,our library is open to both you and your kids.
Borrowing
Each student can borrow one or two books at a time:More books can be borrowed only for class reading activities and school research.
Returning:
Books borrowed from the library can be kept for 15 school days. The books must be returned before the due (到期的）date or the kid can not borrow other books.
Damaged(受损的）or Lost Books
When a book is returned in a damaged condition,the kid will have to pay three dollars for the damage.Full price must be paid if a book is lost. We encourage students to carry their library books in plastic bags to protect them from rainy weather.
Please call us at 3362—1323 for more information.
510
Students can borrow more than two books at a time__________.
A.
for sending exams
B.
to do school research
C.
for after-school activities
D.
to read together with their parents
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文第七八行More books can be borrowed only for class reading activities and school research.描述，可知如果是做研究，学生们可以借更多的书。故选B。
511
________must be paid when a student loses the book he borrows.
A.
Three dollars
B.
Half the price of the book
C.
Full price of the book
D.
Twice the price of the book
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文倒数第三四行Full price must be paid if a book is lost. 描述，可知如果书丢失了，必须全款赔付。故选C。
512
The students are advised to _________to prevent rain.
A.
carry their library books in plastic bags
B.
cover their library books with raincoats
C.
put their library books into their pockets
D.
keep their library books in their classroom
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据短文倒数第二三行We encourage students to carry their library books in plastic bags to protect them from rainy weather.描述，可知为了防雨，鼓励孩子们用塑料袋盛放图书馆的书。故选A。
513
This library guide is for_______.
A.
teachers from Wildwood
B.
workers in Wildwood School Library .
C.
visitors to Wildwood School
D.
parents of the Wildwood School students
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据标题Wildwood School Library Guide描述，可知这是写给Wildwood School 这所学校的学生们的。故选D。
514
Which of the following is NOT true?
A.
The library is open for two and a half hours every day.
B.
Students parents can go to the school library on weekends.
C.
Students can go to the library during opening hours as they like.
D.
Students can keep the books that they borrow for fifteen school days.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文地四五行On school days,your kids may borrow or return books during opening hours only when his classroom teacher allows him to.描述，可知在上学期间只有的老师的许可才能去图书馆。故选C。
British English and American English
A student is studying British English. He wonders: Can I have a talk with Americans? Can they catch me? Learners of English often ask--what are the differences between British English and American English? How important are these differences?
Certainly, there are some differences between British English and American English. There are a few differences in grammar（语法）. For example, speakers of British English say "in hospital" and "Have you a pen?" Americans "in the hospital" and "Do you have a pen?" Pronunciation (发音) is sometimes different. Americans usually sound the "r" in words like "car" and "farm". Some speakers of British English do not sound the "r" in these words. There are differences between British English and American English in spelling and vocabulary. For example, " colour" and " honour" are British English spellings. "Color" and "honor" are American English spellings.
These differences are in grammar, pronunciation, spelling and vocabulary. However, they are not important. For the most part, British English and American English are the same language.
515
In American English, we can say, " _________ ? "
A.
Have you a new book
B.
Do you have a new book
C.
Are you have a new book
D.
Can you to have a new book
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Americans "Do you have a pen?" （美国人说Do you have a pen?）可知选B。
516
Between British English and American English, sometimes pronunciation is __________.
A.
poor
B.
different
C.
high
D.
short
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Pronunciation (发音) is sometimes different.（发音有时不同。） 可知选 B。
517
In American English, the word "favourite"can be spelt ___________ .
A.
favoruite
B.
favurite
C.
favorite
D.
favorite
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据"Color" and "honor" are American English spellings. （"Color" 和"honor"是美国英语 的拼写形式。）可知选C。
518
Englishmen say "in hospital", while Americans say ___________ .
A.
at the hospital
B.
in the hospital
C.
by hospital
D.
to hospital
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Americans "in the hospital"（美国人说in the hospital。） 可知选 B。
519
The main idea of the passage is that __________ .
A.
there are no differences between British English and American English
B.
British English and American English are two different languages
C.
speakers of British English and American English speak the same language
D.
we shouldn't speak English
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据最后一句For the most part, British English and American English are the same language. （大体说来，英国英语和美国英语是同一个语言。）可知选C。
The Flying Hat By Shannon Blackman
"The most sidesplitting story I've ever read. I couldn't help laughing after I finished it. Be ready to laugh your heart out." Willy King, Best Book winner
"It's a story that makes you smile in your dreams. Blackman's excellent writing cheers you up."
The Tide, London
"One of the best-selling books of the year. More than two million copies have been sold."
The Sunday Reader, New York
"This book has become the talk of the country. The story is making its way into movie theaters. I can't wait to see it!" Marian Miller, author of Ms. Lilly
520
Who is the writer of The Flying Hat?
A.
Marian Miller
B.
Willy King
C.
Shannon Blackman
D.
Ms. Lily
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据The Flying Hat By Shannon Blackman描述，可知会飞的帽子的作者是Shannon Blackman，故选C。
521
Which is said about The Flying Hat?
A.
A movie about the story is coming out.
B.
People can buy the book all over the world.
C.
The writer started the book because of a mistake.
D.
The story is about a boy with a magic book.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据"This book has become the talk of the country. The story is making its way into movie theaters. 描述，可知有关这本书的一部电影将要上映。故选A。
522
What does sidesplitting mean?
A.
Simple.
B.
Funny.
C.
Serious.
D.
Difficult.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据I couldn't help laughing after I finished it.描述，可知这是一个最令人发笑的故事。故选B。
The human brain weighs about 1.4 kilograms, but it can hold much more information than most computers. However, there is another difference between humans and computers. Computers don't forget information they are given, but humans often do. No one remembers everything, and luckily we don't usually have to. But everyone can improve their memory if they want to. Here are some suggestions.
◆Try to use new informati6n immediately. For example, if you meet someone who says "Hi! I'm Carlos," don't just say "Hello." Repeat the person's name. Say"___________"
◆Break a big number into smaller parts. For example, it's hard to memorize (记忆) 109244153. But if you break it into three parts--109/244/153—it becomes easier.
◆Write out what you need to remember ever and over again. This will help you keep it in mind longer, especially for memorizing formulas (公式) or facts.
◆Always review information. If you bring what you've learned back to your mind, they become easier to remember. For example, before you go to sleep, it's a good idea to review the new things you learned that clay.
◆Discuss with a friend. It is always easier to remember things through discussions. You can have a discussion about what's right and what's wrong, and it will lead to the right answer.
◆Never tell yourself that you have a bad memory. You can always do something to help improve your memory. And everyone's memory gets better if they use it often enough.
All of the suggestions are helpful. If you follow them, you are certain to improve your memory.
523
Which should be put in the blank (空格) in Paragraph 2？
A.
Hello, Carlos.
B.
How do you do?
C.
Hello, I am Sophia.
D.
Glad to meet you!
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
A推理判断题。根据前句的"Repeat the person's name"可以得知答案选Hello, Carlos.选A。
524
What can help memorize a big number more easily according to the passage?
A.
To store it in a computer.
B.
To break it into smaller parts.
C.
To discuss it with a friend.
D.
To review it before you sleep.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
B段落大意题。第三段Break a big number into smaller parts.后面举例将一大数分成三段记忆更容易。A. To store it in a computer.把它储存在电脑里； B. To break it into smaller parts.把它拆成小的片段C. To discuss it with a friend. 与朋友一起讨论；D. To review it before you sleep.睡觉前复习。故选B。
525
Which of the following is true according to the passage?
A.
Discussing with friends can help you remember things.
B.
Always reviewing information can help you fall asleep.
C.
Formulas and facts can help you learn about your brain.
D.
Human beings can improve their memory by computer.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
A主旨大意题。这题考查全文的主要意思，根据全文来判断哪一句符合文章内容。A. Discussing with friends can help you remember things.与朋友讨论可以帮助你记住事情；B. Always reviewing information can help you fall asleep.总是复习知识能帮你入睡；C. Formulas and facts can help you learn about your brain.公式和事实能帮助你了解你的大脑；D. Human beings can improve their memory by computer.人类能通过计算机改善他们的记忆。A答案符合文章意思。故选A。
526
What does the sentence "Never tell yourself that you have a bad memory" mean?
A.
You should tell others about your bad memory.
B.
You should believe in other people all the time.
C.
You should ask others to improve their memory.
D.
You should have confidence in your memory ability.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
D段落大意题。题目的意思是"千万不要对自己说你的记忆力不好。"该段的后文说记忆力是可以改善的，常用就能更好，所以要有信心。选项A的意思是 You should tell others about your bad memory.你应该告诉别人你的记忆力不好；选项B的意思是 You should believe in other people all the time.你应该始终相信别人；选项C的意思是 You should ask others to improve their memory.你应该请别人改善他们的记忆力；选项D的意思是 You should have confidence in your memory ability.你应该对你的教育能力有信心。总结这一段的段落大意可知答案是D。
Mount Kilimanjaro is the highest mountain in Africa and one of the largest free-standing mountains in the world, and some say, the most beautiful place on the earth.
The mountain towers 15,000 feet above the plains. Mount Kilimanjaro is in Tanzania and it covers an area of 60 miles long and 40 miles wide. Kilimanjaro is an extinct volcano(死火山), with 3 peaks. Kibo is the highest one in the center.
Because of Kilimanjaro's great height, the mountain influences(影响) its own weather. Winds incoming from the Indian Ocean are stopped upward by the mountain and drop their moisture(湿气) as rain and snow. People have planted coffee, corn, and other crops on the lower slopes(斜坡).
Mount Kilimanjaro now attracts many thousands of walkers each year. Because of a temperature rise in recent years, the beautiful snow cap of Kilimanjaro is retreating(消退) fast. A research said that the white snow on the mountain might be gone in 15 years. What a pity!
527
The writer is worried about Mount Kilimanjaro's_______.
A.
great height
B.
extinct volcano
C.
rainforests
D.
white snow cap
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章最后一段Because of a temperature rise in recent years, the beautiful snow cap of Kilimanjaro is retreating(消退) fast .What a pity! 因为最近温度上升，乞力马扎罗山的雪冠逐渐消失。真遗憾。由此可见作者担心的是以后会看不到这座山的美丽雪景了。故选D。
528
Mount Kilimanjaro is_______.
A.
the highest mountain in the world
B.
an active volcano
C.
a free-standing mountain
D.
15,000 feet above the sea level
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第一句话Mount Kilimanjaro is the highest mountain in Africa，乞力马扎罗山是非洲最高的山，可排除A；根据文章第二段Kilimanjaro is an extinct volcano(死火山)可知B不对；根据第二段The mountain towers 15,000 feet above the plains可排除D。根据第一段one of the largest free-standing mountains in the world,可知正确答案为C。
529
The snow on the mountain comes from_______.
A.
the Indian Ocean
B.
the Pacific Ocean
C.
the Atlantic Ocean
D.
the Red Sea
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中Winds incoming from the Indian Ocean are stopped upward by the mountain and drop their moisture(湿气) as rain and snow可知选A。
530
_______ influences the mountain's own weather.
A.
Rain and snow
B.
Its great height
C.
Crops
D.
The moisture
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中第三段Because of Kilimanjaro's great height, the mountain influences(影响) its own weather.可知这座山自身的高度影响着它的气候。故选B。
A school bus is one that is used to take children to and from school.
In the USA, about 450,000 school buses take more than 25 million children to and from school. The yellow school bus is a US icon. Yellow became the color of school buses in the USA in 1939. Dr. Frank got the good idea. He said it was easy for people to see yellow buses and the black letters on them in early morning or late afternoon. That would make children safer.
There are not many school buses in Britain, and they are not yellow. They have trackers (追踪器) on them, so kids are being tracked while they travel to and from school by bus. The trackers let parents know where the school bus is and whether their kids are on the bus.
Kindergarten (幼儿园) is a difficult time for some kids. It's the first time for them to go away from their parents. To make kids love their school, Japanese kindergartens and schools have colorful buses. The buses can easily make children want to take them--and then, go to school. Even some parents want to take them, too!
School buses are becoming more and more popular in China now. It saves a lot of time for students to take a school bus. It's said that there will be 3,000 yellow school buses on the road by the end of this year in Chongqing.
531
According to Dr. Frank, _________ school buses are safer for the students.
A.
yellow
B.
black
C.
white
D.
colorful
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。从He said it was easy for people to see yellow buses and the black letters on them in early morning or late afternoon. That would make children safer.他说在清晨或傍明人们容易看到黄色的车身以及车身上的黑字，这使孩子们更安全，得知答案，故选A。
532
Children in Japan may easily _________ by taking the school bus.
A.
save time
B.
love their school
C.
play games
D.
do their homework
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。从To make kids love their school, Japanese kindergartens and schools have colorful buses.为了使孩子爱上学，日本幼儿园和学校有不同颜色的校车，得知答案，故选C。
533
Chinese students will save a lot of time to _________ to school.
A.
walk
B.
take a taxi
C.
ride a bike
D.
take a school bus
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。从 It saves a lot of time for students to take a school bus. 学生们乘校车节省大量的时间，得知答案，故选D。
534
This passage is mainly about _________.
<